1 /****************************************************************************
3 * GNAT COMPILER COMPONENTS *
7 * C Implementation File *
9 * Copyright (C) 1992-2010, Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
11 * GNAT is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under *
12 * terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Soft- *
13 * ware Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later ver- *
14 * sion. GNAT is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITH- *
15 * OUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY *
16 * or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License *
17 * for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General *
18 * Public License along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see *
19 * <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. *
21 * GNAT was originally developed by the GNAT team at New York University. *
22 * Extensive contributions were provided by Ada Core Technologies Inc. *
24 ****************************************************************************/
28 #include "coretypes.h"
36 #include "tree-inline.h"
54 #ifndef MAX_FIXED_MODE_SIZE
55 #define MAX_FIXED_MODE_SIZE GET_MODE_BITSIZE (DImode)
58 /* Convention_Stdcall should be processed in a specific way on Windows targets
59 only. The macro below is a helper to avoid having to check for a Windows
60 specific attribute throughout this unit. */
62 #if TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES
63 #define Has_Stdcall_Convention(E) (Convention (E) == Convention_Stdcall)
65 #define Has_Stdcall_Convention(E) (0)
68 /* Stack realignment for functions with foreign conventions is provided on a
69 per back-end basis now, as it is handled by the prologue expanders and not
70 as part of the function's body any more. It might be requested by way of a
71 dedicated function type attribute on the targets that support it.
73 We need a way to avoid setting the attribute on the targets that don't
74 support it and use FORCE_PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY_IN_MAIN for this purpose.
76 It is defined on targets where the circuitry is available, and indicates
77 whether the realignment is needed for 'main'. We use this to decide for
78 foreign subprograms as well.
80 It is not defined on targets where the circuitry is not implemented, and
81 we just never set the attribute in these cases.
83 Whether it is defined on all targets that would need it in theory is
84 not entirely clear. We currently trust the base GCC settings for this
87 #ifndef FORCE_PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY_IN_MAIN
88 #define FORCE_PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY_IN_MAIN 0
93 struct incomplete *next;
98 /* These variables are used to defer recursively expanding incomplete types
99 while we are processing an array, a record or a subprogram type. */
100 static int defer_incomplete_level = 0;
101 static struct incomplete *defer_incomplete_list;
103 /* This variable is used to delay expanding From_With_Type types until the
105 static struct incomplete *defer_limited_with;
107 /* These variables are used to defer finalizing types. The element of the
108 list is the TYPE_DECL associated with the type. */
109 static int defer_finalize_level = 0;
110 static VEC (tree,heap) *defer_finalize_list;
112 /* A hash table used to cache the result of annotate_value. */
113 static GTY ((if_marked ("tree_int_map_marked_p"),
114 param_is (struct tree_int_map))) htab_t annotate_value_cache;
123 static void relate_alias_sets (tree, tree, enum alias_set_op);
125 static bool allocatable_size_p (tree, bool);
126 static void prepend_one_attribute_to (struct attrib **,
127 enum attr_type, tree, tree, Node_Id);
128 static void prepend_attributes (Entity_Id, struct attrib **);
129 static tree elaborate_expression (Node_Id, Entity_Id, tree, bool, bool, bool);
130 static bool is_variable_size (tree);
131 static tree elaborate_expression_1 (tree, Entity_Id, tree, bool, bool);
132 static tree make_packable_type (tree, bool);
133 static tree gnat_to_gnu_component_type (Entity_Id, bool, bool);
134 static tree gnat_to_gnu_param (Entity_Id, Mechanism_Type, Entity_Id, bool,
136 static tree gnat_to_gnu_field (Entity_Id, tree, int, bool, bool);
137 static bool same_discriminant_p (Entity_Id, Entity_Id);
138 static bool array_type_has_nonaliased_component (tree, Entity_Id);
139 static bool compile_time_known_address_p (Node_Id);
140 static bool cannot_be_superflat_p (Node_Id);
141 static bool constructor_address_p (tree);
142 static void components_to_record (tree, Node_Id, tree, int, bool, tree *,
143 bool, bool, bool, bool, bool);
144 static Uint annotate_value (tree);
145 static void annotate_rep (Entity_Id, tree);
146 static tree build_position_list (tree, bool, tree, tree, unsigned int, tree);
147 static tree build_subst_list (Entity_Id, Entity_Id, bool);
148 static tree build_variant_list (tree, tree, tree);
149 static tree validate_size (Uint, tree, Entity_Id, enum tree_code, bool, bool);
150 static void set_rm_size (Uint, tree, Entity_Id);
151 static tree make_type_from_size (tree, tree, bool);
152 static unsigned int validate_alignment (Uint, Entity_Id, unsigned int);
153 static unsigned int ceil_alignment (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
154 static void check_ok_for_atomic (tree, Entity_Id, bool);
155 static int compatible_signatures_p (tree, tree);
156 static tree create_field_decl_from (tree, tree, tree, tree, tree, tree);
157 static tree get_rep_part (tree);
158 static tree get_variant_part (tree);
159 static tree create_variant_part_from (tree, tree, tree, tree, tree);
160 static void copy_and_substitute_in_size (tree, tree, tree);
161 static void rest_of_type_decl_compilation_no_defer (tree);
163 /* Given GNAT_ENTITY, a GNAT defining identifier node, which denotes some Ada
164 entity, return the equivalent GCC tree for that entity (a ..._DECL node)
165 and associate the ..._DECL node with the input GNAT defining identifier.
167 If GNAT_ENTITY is a variable or a constant declaration, GNU_EXPR gives its
168 initial value (in GCC tree form). This is optional for a variable. For
169 a renamed entity, GNU_EXPR gives the object being renamed.
171 DEFINITION is nonzero if this call is intended for a definition. This is
172 used for separate compilation where it is necessary to know whether an
173 external declaration or a definition must be created if the GCC equivalent
174 was not created previously. The value of 1 is normally used for a nonzero
175 DEFINITION, but a value of 2 is used in special circumstances, defined in
179 gnat_to_gnu_entity (Entity_Id gnat_entity, tree gnu_expr, int definition)
181 /* Contains the kind of the input GNAT node. */
182 const Entity_Kind kind = Ekind (gnat_entity);
183 /* True if this is a type. */
184 const bool is_type = IN (kind, Type_Kind);
185 /* True if debug info is requested for this entity. */
186 const bool debug_info_p = Needs_Debug_Info (gnat_entity);
187 /* True if this entity is to be considered as imported. */
188 const bool imported_p
189 = (Is_Imported (gnat_entity) && No (Address_Clause (gnat_entity)));
190 /* For a type, contains the equivalent GNAT node to be used in gigi. */
191 Entity_Id gnat_equiv_type = Empty;
192 /* Temporary used to walk the GNAT tree. */
194 /* Contains the GCC DECL node which is equivalent to the input GNAT node.
195 This node will be associated with the GNAT node by calling at the end
196 of the `switch' statement. */
197 tree gnu_decl = NULL_TREE;
198 /* Contains the GCC type to be used for the GCC node. */
199 tree gnu_type = NULL_TREE;
200 /* Contains the GCC size tree to be used for the GCC node. */
201 tree gnu_size = NULL_TREE;
202 /* Contains the GCC name to be used for the GCC node. */
203 tree gnu_entity_name;
204 /* True if we have already saved gnu_decl as a GNAT association. */
206 /* True if we incremented defer_incomplete_level. */
207 bool this_deferred = false;
208 /* True if we incremented force_global. */
209 bool this_global = false;
210 /* True if we should check to see if elaborated during processing. */
211 bool maybe_present = false;
212 /* True if we made GNU_DECL and its type here. */
213 bool this_made_decl = false;
214 /* Size and alignment of the GCC node, if meaningful. */
215 unsigned int esize = 0, align = 0;
216 /* Contains the list of attributes directly attached to the entity. */
217 struct attrib *attr_list = NULL;
219 /* Since a use of an Itype is a definition, process it as such if it
220 is not in a with'ed unit. */
223 && Is_Itype (gnat_entity)
224 && !present_gnu_tree (gnat_entity)
225 && In_Extended_Main_Code_Unit (gnat_entity))
227 /* Ensure that we are in a subprogram mentioned in the Scope chain of
228 this entity, our current scope is global, or we encountered a task
229 or entry (where we can't currently accurately check scoping). */
230 if (!current_function_decl
231 || DECL_ELABORATION_PROC_P (current_function_decl))
233 process_type (gnat_entity);
234 return get_gnu_tree (gnat_entity);
237 for (gnat_temp = Scope (gnat_entity);
239 gnat_temp = Scope (gnat_temp))
241 if (Is_Type (gnat_temp))
242 gnat_temp = Underlying_Type (gnat_temp);
244 if (Ekind (gnat_temp) == E_Subprogram_Body)
246 = Corresponding_Spec (Parent (Declaration_Node (gnat_temp)));
248 if (IN (Ekind (gnat_temp), Subprogram_Kind)
249 && Present (Protected_Body_Subprogram (gnat_temp)))
250 gnat_temp = Protected_Body_Subprogram (gnat_temp);
252 if (Ekind (gnat_temp) == E_Entry
253 || Ekind (gnat_temp) == E_Entry_Family
254 || Ekind (gnat_temp) == E_Task_Type
255 || (IN (Ekind (gnat_temp), Subprogram_Kind)
256 && present_gnu_tree (gnat_temp)
257 && (current_function_decl
258 == gnat_to_gnu_entity (gnat_temp, NULL_TREE, 0))))
260 process_type (gnat_entity);
261 return get_gnu_tree (gnat_entity);
265 /* This abort means the Itype has an incorrect scope, i.e. that its
266 scope does not correspond to the subprogram it is declared in. */
270 /* If we've already processed this entity, return what we got last time.
271 If we are defining the node, we should not have already processed it.
272 In that case, we will abort below when we try to save a new GCC tree
273 for this object. We also need to handle the case of getting a dummy
274 type when a Full_View exists. */
275 if ((!definition || (is_type && imported_p))
276 && present_gnu_tree (gnat_entity))
278 gnu_decl = get_gnu_tree (gnat_entity);
280 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_decl) == TYPE_DECL
281 && TYPE_IS_DUMMY_P (TREE_TYPE (gnu_decl))
282 && IN (kind, Incomplete_Or_Private_Kind)
283 && Present (Full_View (gnat_entity)))
286 = gnat_to_gnu_entity (Full_View (gnat_entity), NULL_TREE, 0);
287 save_gnu_tree (gnat_entity, NULL_TREE, false);
288 save_gnu_tree (gnat_entity, gnu_decl, false);
294 /* If this is a numeric or enumeral type, or an access type, a nonzero
295 Esize must be specified unless it was specified by the programmer. */
296 gcc_assert (!Unknown_Esize (gnat_entity)
297 || Has_Size_Clause (gnat_entity)
298 || (!IN (kind, Numeric_Kind)
299 && !IN (kind, Enumeration_Kind)
300 && (!IN (kind, Access_Kind)
301 || kind == E_Access_Protected_Subprogram_Type
302 || kind == E_Anonymous_Access_Protected_Subprogram_Type
303 || kind == E_Access_Subtype)));
305 /* The RM size must be specified for all discrete and fixed-point types. */
306 gcc_assert (!(IN (kind, Discrete_Or_Fixed_Point_Kind)
307 && Unknown_RM_Size (gnat_entity)));
309 /* If we get here, it means we have not yet done anything with this entity.
310 If we are not defining it, it must be a type or an entity that is defined
311 elsewhere or externally, otherwise we should have defined it already. */
312 gcc_assert (definition
313 || type_annotate_only
315 || kind == E_Discriminant
316 || kind == E_Component
318 || (kind == E_Constant && Present (Full_View (gnat_entity)))
319 || Is_Public (gnat_entity));
321 /* Get the name of the entity and set up the line number and filename of
322 the original definition for use in any decl we make. */
323 gnu_entity_name = get_entity_name (gnat_entity);
324 Sloc_to_locus (Sloc (gnat_entity), &input_location);
326 /* For cases when we are not defining (i.e., we are referencing from
327 another compilation unit) public entities, show we are at global level
328 for the purpose of computing scopes. Don't do this for components or
329 discriminants since the relevant test is whether or not the record is
332 && kind != E_Component
333 && kind != E_Discriminant
334 && Is_Public (gnat_entity)
335 && !Is_Statically_Allocated (gnat_entity))
336 force_global++, this_global = true;
338 /* Handle any attributes directly attached to the entity. */
339 if (Has_Gigi_Rep_Item (gnat_entity))
340 prepend_attributes (gnat_entity, &attr_list);
342 /* Do some common processing for types. */
345 /* Compute the equivalent type to be used in gigi. */
346 gnat_equiv_type = Gigi_Equivalent_Type (gnat_entity);
348 /* Machine_Attributes on types are expected to be propagated to
349 subtypes. The corresponding Gigi_Rep_Items are only attached
350 to the first subtype though, so we handle the propagation here. */
351 if (Base_Type (gnat_entity) != gnat_entity
352 && !Is_First_Subtype (gnat_entity)
353 && Has_Gigi_Rep_Item (First_Subtype (Base_Type (gnat_entity))))
354 prepend_attributes (First_Subtype (Base_Type (gnat_entity)),
357 /* Compute a default value for the size of the type. */
358 if (Known_Esize (gnat_entity)
359 && UI_Is_In_Int_Range (Esize (gnat_entity)))
361 unsigned int max_esize;
362 esize = UI_To_Int (Esize (gnat_entity));
364 if (IN (kind, Float_Kind))
365 max_esize = fp_prec_to_size (LONG_DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE);
366 else if (IN (kind, Access_Kind))
367 max_esize = POINTER_SIZE * 2;
369 max_esize = LONG_LONG_TYPE_SIZE;
371 if (esize > max_esize)
375 esize = LONG_LONG_TYPE_SIZE;
381 /* If this is a use of a deferred constant without address clause,
382 get its full definition. */
384 && No (Address_Clause (gnat_entity))
385 && Present (Full_View (gnat_entity)))
388 = gnat_to_gnu_entity (Full_View (gnat_entity), gnu_expr, 0);
393 /* If we have an external constant that we are not defining, get the
394 expression that is was defined to represent. We may throw that
395 expression away later if it is not a constant. Do not retrieve the
396 expression if it is an aggregate or allocator, because in complex
397 instantiation contexts it may not be expanded */
399 && Present (Expression (Declaration_Node (gnat_entity)))
400 && !No_Initialization (Declaration_Node (gnat_entity))
401 && (Nkind (Expression (Declaration_Node (gnat_entity)))
403 && (Nkind (Expression (Declaration_Node (gnat_entity)))
405 gnu_expr = gnat_to_gnu (Expression (Declaration_Node (gnat_entity)));
407 /* Ignore deferred constant definitions without address clause since
408 they are processed fully in the front-end. If No_Initialization
409 is set, this is not a deferred constant but a constant whose value
410 is built manually. And constants that are renamings are handled
414 && No (Address_Clause (gnat_entity))
415 && !No_Initialization (Declaration_Node (gnat_entity))
416 && No (Renamed_Object (gnat_entity)))
418 gnu_decl = error_mark_node;
423 /* Ignore constant definitions already marked with the error node. See
424 the N_Object_Declaration case of gnat_to_gnu for the rationale. */
427 && present_gnu_tree (gnat_entity)
428 && get_gnu_tree (gnat_entity) == error_mark_node)
430 maybe_present = true;
437 /* We used to special case VMS exceptions here to directly map them to
438 their associated condition code. Since this code had to be masked
439 dynamically to strip off the severity bits, this caused trouble in
440 the GCC/ZCX case because the "type" pointers we store in the tables
441 have to be static. We now don't special case here anymore, and let
442 the regular processing take place, which leaves us with a regular
443 exception data object for VMS exceptions too. The condition code
444 mapping is taken care of by the front end and the bitmasking by the
451 /* The GNAT record where the component was defined. */
452 Entity_Id gnat_record = Underlying_Type (Scope (gnat_entity));
454 /* If the variable is an inherited record component (in the case of
455 extended record types), just return the inherited entity, which
456 must be a FIELD_DECL. Likewise for discriminants.
457 For discriminants of untagged records which have explicit
458 stored discriminants, return the entity for the corresponding
459 stored discriminant. Also use Original_Record_Component
460 if the record has a private extension. */
461 if (Present (Original_Record_Component (gnat_entity))
462 && Original_Record_Component (gnat_entity) != gnat_entity)
465 = gnat_to_gnu_entity (Original_Record_Component (gnat_entity),
466 gnu_expr, definition);
471 /* If the enclosing record has explicit stored discriminants,
472 then it is an untagged record. If the Corresponding_Discriminant
473 is not empty then this must be a renamed discriminant and its
474 Original_Record_Component must point to the corresponding explicit
475 stored discriminant (i.e. we should have taken the previous
477 else if (Present (Corresponding_Discriminant (gnat_entity))
478 && Is_Tagged_Type (gnat_record))
480 /* A tagged record has no explicit stored discriminants. */
481 gcc_assert (First_Discriminant (gnat_record)
482 == First_Stored_Discriminant (gnat_record));
484 = gnat_to_gnu_entity (Corresponding_Discriminant (gnat_entity),
485 gnu_expr, definition);
490 else if (Present (CR_Discriminant (gnat_entity))
491 && type_annotate_only)
493 gnu_decl = gnat_to_gnu_entity (CR_Discriminant (gnat_entity),
494 gnu_expr, definition);
499 /* If the enclosing record has explicit stored discriminants, then
500 it is an untagged record. If the Corresponding_Discriminant
501 is not empty then this must be a renamed discriminant and its
502 Original_Record_Component must point to the corresponding explicit
503 stored discriminant (i.e. we should have taken the first
505 else if (Present (Corresponding_Discriminant (gnat_entity))
506 && (First_Discriminant (gnat_record)
507 != First_Stored_Discriminant (gnat_record)))
510 /* Otherwise, if we are not defining this and we have no GCC type
511 for the containing record, make one for it. Then we should
512 have made our own equivalent. */
513 else if (!definition && !present_gnu_tree (gnat_record))
515 /* ??? If this is in a record whose scope is a protected
516 type and we have an Original_Record_Component, use it.
517 This is a workaround for major problems in protected type
519 Entity_Id Scop = Scope (Scope (gnat_entity));
520 if ((Is_Protected_Type (Scop)
521 || (Is_Private_Type (Scop)
522 && Present (Full_View (Scop))
523 && Is_Protected_Type (Full_View (Scop))))
524 && Present (Original_Record_Component (gnat_entity)))
527 = gnat_to_gnu_entity (Original_Record_Component
534 gnat_to_gnu_entity (Scope (gnat_entity), NULL_TREE, 0);
535 gnu_decl = get_gnu_tree (gnat_entity);
541 /* Here we have no GCC type and this is a reference rather than a
542 definition. This should never happen. Most likely the cause is
543 reference before declaration in the gnat tree for gnat_entity. */
547 case E_Loop_Parameter:
548 case E_Out_Parameter:
551 /* Simple variables, loop variables, Out parameters and exceptions. */
555 = ((kind == E_Constant || kind == E_Variable)
556 && Is_True_Constant (gnat_entity)
557 && !Treat_As_Volatile (gnat_entity)
558 && (((Nkind (Declaration_Node (gnat_entity))
559 == N_Object_Declaration)
560 && Present (Expression (Declaration_Node (gnat_entity))))
561 || Present (Renamed_Object (gnat_entity))));
562 bool inner_const_flag = const_flag;
563 bool static_p = Is_Statically_Allocated (gnat_entity);
564 bool mutable_p = false;
565 bool used_by_ref = false;
566 tree gnu_ext_name = NULL_TREE;
567 tree renamed_obj = NULL_TREE;
568 tree gnu_object_size;
570 if (Present (Renamed_Object (gnat_entity)) && !definition)
572 if (kind == E_Exception)
573 gnu_expr = gnat_to_gnu_entity (Renamed_Entity (gnat_entity),
576 gnu_expr = gnat_to_gnu (Renamed_Object (gnat_entity));
579 /* Get the type after elaborating the renamed object. */
580 gnu_type = gnat_to_gnu_type (Etype (gnat_entity));
582 /* For a debug renaming declaration, build a pure debug entity. */
583 if (Present (Debug_Renaming_Link (gnat_entity)))
586 gnu_decl = build_decl (input_location,
587 VAR_DECL, gnu_entity_name, gnu_type);
588 /* The (MEM (CONST (0))) pattern is prescribed by STABS. */
589 if (global_bindings_p ())
590 addr = gen_rtx_CONST (VOIDmode, const0_rtx);
592 addr = stack_pointer_rtx;
593 SET_DECL_RTL (gnu_decl, gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, addr));
594 gnat_pushdecl (gnu_decl, gnat_entity);
598 /* If this is a loop variable, its type should be the base type.
599 This is because the code for processing a loop determines whether
600 a normal loop end test can be done by comparing the bounds of the
601 loop against those of the base type, which is presumed to be the
602 size used for computation. But this is not correct when the size
603 of the subtype is smaller than the type. */
604 if (kind == E_Loop_Parameter)
605 gnu_type = get_base_type (gnu_type);
607 /* Reject non-renamed objects whose type is an unconstrained array or
608 any object whose type is a dummy type or void. */
609 if ((TREE_CODE (gnu_type) == UNCONSTRAINED_ARRAY_TYPE
610 && No (Renamed_Object (gnat_entity)))
611 || TYPE_IS_DUMMY_P (gnu_type)
612 || TREE_CODE (gnu_type) == VOID_TYPE)
614 gcc_assert (type_annotate_only);
617 return error_mark_node;
620 /* If an alignment is specified, use it if valid. Note that exceptions
621 are objects but don't have an alignment. We must do this before we
622 validate the size, since the alignment can affect the size. */
623 if (kind != E_Exception && Known_Alignment (gnat_entity))
625 gcc_assert (Present (Alignment (gnat_entity)));
626 align = validate_alignment (Alignment (gnat_entity), gnat_entity,
627 TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_type));
629 /* No point in changing the type if there is an address clause
630 as the final type of the object will be a reference type. */
631 if (Present (Address_Clause (gnat_entity)))
635 = maybe_pad_type (gnu_type, NULL_TREE, align, gnat_entity,
636 false, false, definition, true);
639 /* If we are defining the object, see if it has a Size and validate it
640 if so. If we are not defining the object and a Size clause applies,
641 simply retrieve the value. We don't want to ignore the clause and
642 it is expected to have been validated already. Then get the new
645 gnu_size = validate_size (Esize (gnat_entity), gnu_type,
646 gnat_entity, VAR_DECL, false,
647 Has_Size_Clause (gnat_entity));
648 else if (Has_Size_Clause (gnat_entity))
649 gnu_size = UI_To_gnu (Esize (gnat_entity), bitsizetype);
654 = make_type_from_size (gnu_type, gnu_size,
655 Has_Biased_Representation (gnat_entity));
657 if (operand_equal_p (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type), gnu_size, 0))
658 gnu_size = NULL_TREE;
661 /* If this object has self-referential size, it must be a record with
662 a default discriminant. We are supposed to allocate an object of
663 the maximum size in this case, unless it is a constant with an
664 initializing expression, in which case we can get the size from
665 that. Note that the resulting size may still be a variable, so
666 this may end up with an indirect allocation. */
667 if (No (Renamed_Object (gnat_entity))
668 && CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type)))
670 if (gnu_expr && kind == E_Constant)
672 tree size = TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (gnu_expr));
673 if (CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (size))
675 /* If the initializing expression is itself a constant,
676 despite having a nominal type with self-referential
677 size, we can get the size directly from it. */
678 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_expr) == COMPONENT_REF
680 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (gnu_expr, 0)))
681 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (gnu_expr, 0)) == VAR_DECL
682 && (TREE_READONLY (TREE_OPERAND (gnu_expr, 0))
683 || DECL_READONLY_ONCE_ELAB
684 (TREE_OPERAND (gnu_expr, 0))))
685 gnu_size = DECL_SIZE (TREE_OPERAND (gnu_expr, 0));
688 = SUBSTITUTE_PLACEHOLDER_IN_EXPR (size, gnu_expr);
693 /* We may have no GNU_EXPR because No_Initialization is
694 set even though there's an Expression. */
695 else if (kind == E_Constant
696 && (Nkind (Declaration_Node (gnat_entity))
697 == N_Object_Declaration)
698 && Present (Expression (Declaration_Node (gnat_entity))))
700 = TYPE_SIZE (gnat_to_gnu_type
702 (Expression (Declaration_Node (gnat_entity)))));
705 gnu_size = max_size (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type), true);
710 /* If the size is zero byte, make it one byte since some linkers have
711 troubles with zero-sized objects. If the object will have a
712 template, that will make it nonzero so don't bother. Also avoid
713 doing that for an object renaming or an object with an address
714 clause, as we would lose useful information on the view size
715 (e.g. for null array slices) and we are not allocating the object
718 && integer_zerop (gnu_size)
719 && !TREE_OVERFLOW (gnu_size))
720 || (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type)
721 && integer_zerop (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type))
722 && !TREE_OVERFLOW (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type))))
723 && (!Is_Constr_Subt_For_UN_Aliased (Etype (gnat_entity))
724 || !Is_Array_Type (Etype (gnat_entity)))
725 && No (Renamed_Object (gnat_entity))
726 && No (Address_Clause (gnat_entity)))
727 gnu_size = bitsize_unit_node;
729 /* If this is an object with no specified size and alignment, and
730 if either it is atomic or we are not optimizing alignment for
731 space and it is composite and not an exception, an Out parameter
732 or a reference to another object, and the size of its type is a
733 constant, set the alignment to the smallest one which is not
734 smaller than the size, with an appropriate cap. */
735 if (!gnu_size && align == 0
736 && (Is_Atomic (gnat_entity)
737 || (!Optimize_Alignment_Space (gnat_entity)
738 && kind != E_Exception
739 && kind != E_Out_Parameter
740 && Is_Composite_Type (Etype (gnat_entity))
741 && !Is_Constr_Subt_For_UN_Aliased (Etype (gnat_entity))
743 && No (Renamed_Object (gnat_entity))
744 && No (Address_Clause (gnat_entity))))
745 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type)) == INTEGER_CST)
747 /* No point in jumping through all the hoops needed in order
748 to support BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT if we don't really have to.
749 So we cap to the smallest alignment that corresponds to
750 a known efficient memory access pattern of the target. */
751 unsigned int align_cap = Is_Atomic (gnat_entity)
753 : get_mode_alignment (ptr_mode);
755 if (!host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type), 1)
756 || compare_tree_int (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type), align_cap) >= 0)
759 align = ceil_alignment (tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type), 1));
761 /* But make sure not to under-align the object. */
762 if (align <= TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_type))
765 /* And honor the minimum valid atomic alignment, if any. */
766 #ifdef MINIMUM_ATOMIC_ALIGNMENT
767 else if (align < MINIMUM_ATOMIC_ALIGNMENT)
768 align = MINIMUM_ATOMIC_ALIGNMENT;
772 /* If the object is set to have atomic components, find the component
773 type and validate it.
775 ??? Note that we ignore Has_Volatile_Components on objects; it's
776 not at all clear what to do in that case. */
777 if (Has_Atomic_Components (gnat_entity))
779 tree gnu_inner = (TREE_CODE (gnu_type) == ARRAY_TYPE
780 ? TREE_TYPE (gnu_type) : gnu_type);
782 while (TREE_CODE (gnu_inner) == ARRAY_TYPE
783 && TYPE_MULTI_ARRAY_P (gnu_inner))
784 gnu_inner = TREE_TYPE (gnu_inner);
786 check_ok_for_atomic (gnu_inner, gnat_entity, true);
789 /* Now check if the type of the object allows atomic access. Note
790 that we must test the type, even if this object has size and
791 alignment to allow such access, because we will be going inside
792 the padded record to assign to the object. We could fix this by
793 always copying via an intermediate value, but it's not clear it's
795 if (Is_Atomic (gnat_entity))
796 check_ok_for_atomic (gnu_type, gnat_entity, false);
798 /* If this is an aliased object with an unconstrained nominal subtype,
799 make a type that includes the template. */
800 if (Is_Constr_Subt_For_UN_Aliased (Etype (gnat_entity))
801 && Is_Array_Type (Etype (gnat_entity))
802 && !type_annotate_only)
805 = TREE_TYPE (gnat_to_gnu_type (Base_Type (Etype (gnat_entity))));
808 = build_unc_object_type_from_ptr (gnu_fat, gnu_type,
809 concat_name (gnu_entity_name,
813 #ifdef MINIMUM_ATOMIC_ALIGNMENT
814 /* If the size is a constant and no alignment is specified, force
815 the alignment to be the minimum valid atomic alignment. The
816 restriction on constant size avoids problems with variable-size
817 temporaries; if the size is variable, there's no issue with
818 atomic access. Also don't do this for a constant, since it isn't
819 necessary and can interfere with constant replacement. Finally,
820 do not do it for Out parameters since that creates an
821 size inconsistency with In parameters. */
822 if (align == 0 && MINIMUM_ATOMIC_ALIGNMENT > TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_type)
823 && !FLOAT_TYPE_P (gnu_type)
824 && !const_flag && No (Renamed_Object (gnat_entity))
825 && !imported_p && No (Address_Clause (gnat_entity))
826 && kind != E_Out_Parameter
827 && (gnu_size ? TREE_CODE (gnu_size) == INTEGER_CST
828 : TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type)) == INTEGER_CST))
829 align = MINIMUM_ATOMIC_ALIGNMENT;
832 /* Make a new type with the desired size and alignment, if needed.
833 But do not take into account alignment promotions to compute the
834 size of the object. */
835 gnu_object_size = gnu_size ? gnu_size : TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type);
836 if (gnu_size || align > 0)
837 gnu_type = maybe_pad_type (gnu_type, gnu_size, align, gnat_entity,
838 false, false, definition,
839 gnu_size ? true : false);
841 /* If this is a renaming, avoid as much as possible to create a new
842 object. However, in several cases, creating it is required.
843 This processing needs to be applied to the raw expression so
844 as to make it more likely to rename the underlying object. */
845 if (Present (Renamed_Object (gnat_entity)))
847 bool create_normal_object = false;
849 /* If the renamed object had padding, strip off the reference
850 to the inner object and reset our type. */
851 if ((TREE_CODE (gnu_expr) == COMPONENT_REF
852 && TYPE_IS_PADDING_P (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (gnu_expr, 0))))
853 /* Strip useless conversions around the object. */
854 || (TREE_CODE (gnu_expr) == NOP_EXPR
855 && gnat_types_compatible_p
856 (TREE_TYPE (gnu_expr),
857 TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (gnu_expr, 0)))))
859 gnu_expr = TREE_OPERAND (gnu_expr, 0);
860 gnu_type = TREE_TYPE (gnu_expr);
863 /* Case 1: If this is a constant renaming stemming from a function
864 call, treat it as a normal object whose initial value is what
865 is being renamed. RM 3.3 says that the result of evaluating a
866 function call is a constant object. As a consequence, it can
867 be the inner object of a constant renaming. In this case, the
868 renaming must be fully instantiated, i.e. it cannot be a mere
869 reference to (part of) an existing object. */
872 tree inner_object = gnu_expr;
873 while (handled_component_p (inner_object))
874 inner_object = TREE_OPERAND (inner_object, 0);
875 if (TREE_CODE (inner_object) == CALL_EXPR)
876 create_normal_object = true;
879 /* Otherwise, see if we can proceed with a stabilized version of
880 the renamed entity or if we need to make a new object. */
881 if (!create_normal_object)
883 tree maybe_stable_expr = NULL_TREE;
886 /* Case 2: If the renaming entity need not be materialized and
887 the renamed expression is something we can stabilize, use
888 that for the renaming. At the global level, we can only do
889 this if we know no SAVE_EXPRs need be made, because the
890 expression we return might be used in arbitrary conditional
891 branches so we must force the SAVE_EXPRs evaluation
892 immediately and this requires a function context. */
893 if (!Materialize_Entity (gnat_entity)
894 && (!global_bindings_p ()
895 || (staticp (gnu_expr)
896 && !TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (gnu_expr))))
899 = gnat_stabilize_reference (gnu_expr, true, &stable);
903 /* ??? No DECL_EXPR is created so we need to mark
904 the expression manually lest it is shared. */
905 if (global_bindings_p ())
906 MARK_VISITED (maybe_stable_expr);
907 gnu_decl = maybe_stable_expr;
908 save_gnu_tree (gnat_entity, gnu_decl, true);
910 annotate_object (gnat_entity, gnu_type, NULL_TREE,
915 /* The stabilization failed. Keep maybe_stable_expr
916 untouched here to let the pointer case below know
917 about that failure. */
920 /* Case 3: If this is a constant renaming and creating a
921 new object is allowed and cheap, treat it as a normal
922 object whose initial value is what is being renamed. */
924 && !Is_Composite_Type
925 (Underlying_Type (Etype (gnat_entity))))
928 /* Case 4: Make this into a constant pointer to the object we
929 are to rename and attach the object to the pointer if it is
930 something we can stabilize.
932 From the proper scope, attached objects will be referenced
933 directly instead of indirectly via the pointer to avoid
934 subtle aliasing problems with non-addressable entities.
935 They have to be stable because we must not evaluate the
936 variables in the expression every time the renaming is used.
937 The pointer is called a "renaming" pointer in this case.
939 In the rare cases where we cannot stabilize the renamed
940 object, we just make a "bare" pointer, and the renamed
941 entity is always accessed indirectly through it. */
944 gnu_type = build_reference_type (gnu_type);
945 inner_const_flag = TREE_READONLY (gnu_expr);
948 /* If the previous attempt at stabilizing failed, there
949 is no point in trying again and we reuse the result
950 without attaching it to the pointer. In this case it
951 will only be used as the initializing expression of
952 the pointer and thus needs no special treatment with
953 regard to multiple evaluations. */
954 if (maybe_stable_expr)
957 /* Otherwise, try to stabilize and attach the expression
958 to the pointer if the stabilization succeeds.
960 Note that this might introduce SAVE_EXPRs and we don't
961 check whether we're at the global level or not. This
962 is fine since we are building a pointer initializer and
963 neither the pointer nor the initializing expression can
964 be accessed before the pointer elaboration has taken
965 place in a correct program.
967 These SAVE_EXPRs will be evaluated at the right place
968 by either the evaluation of the initializer for the
969 non-global case or the elaboration code for the global
970 case, and will be attached to the elaboration procedure
971 in the latter case. */
975 = gnat_stabilize_reference (gnu_expr, true, &stable);
978 renamed_obj = maybe_stable_expr;
980 /* Attaching is actually performed downstream, as soon
981 as we have a VAR_DECL for the pointer we make. */
984 gnu_expr = build_unary_op (ADDR_EXPR, gnu_type,
987 gnu_size = NULL_TREE;
993 /* Make a volatile version of this object's type if we are to make
994 the object volatile. We also interpret 13.3(19) conservatively
995 and disallow any optimizations for such a non-constant object. */
996 if ((Treat_As_Volatile (gnat_entity)
998 && (Is_Exported (gnat_entity)
999 || Is_Imported (gnat_entity)
1000 || Present (Address_Clause (gnat_entity)))))
1001 && !TYPE_VOLATILE (gnu_type))
1002 gnu_type = build_qualified_type (gnu_type,
1003 (TYPE_QUALS (gnu_type)
1004 | TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE));
1006 /* If we are defining an aliased object whose nominal subtype is
1007 unconstrained, the object is a record that contains both the
1008 template and the object. If there is an initializer, it will
1009 have already been converted to the right type, but we need to
1010 create the template if there is no initializer. */
1013 && TREE_CODE (gnu_type) == RECORD_TYPE
1014 && (TYPE_CONTAINS_TEMPLATE_P (gnu_type)
1015 /* Beware that padding might have been introduced above. */
1016 || (TYPE_PADDING_P (gnu_type)
1017 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_type)))
1019 && TYPE_CONTAINS_TEMPLATE_P
1020 (TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_type))))))
1023 = TYPE_PADDING_P (gnu_type)
1024 ? TYPE_FIELDS (TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_type)))
1025 : TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_type);
1027 = gnat_build_constructor
1031 build_template (TREE_TYPE (template_field),
1032 TREE_TYPE (TREE_CHAIN (template_field)),
1037 /* Convert the expression to the type of the object except in the
1038 case where the object's type is unconstrained or the object's type
1039 is a padded record whose field is of self-referential size. In
1040 the former case, converting will generate unnecessary evaluations
1041 of the CONSTRUCTOR to compute the size and in the latter case, we
1042 want to only copy the actual data. */
1044 && TREE_CODE (gnu_type) != UNCONSTRAINED_ARRAY_TYPE
1045 && !CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type))
1046 && !(TYPE_IS_PADDING_P (gnu_type)
1047 && CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P
1048 (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_type))))))
1049 gnu_expr = convert (gnu_type, gnu_expr);
1051 /* If this is a pointer that doesn't have an initializing expression,
1052 initialize it to NULL, unless the object is imported. */
1054 && (POINTER_TYPE_P (gnu_type) || TYPE_IS_FAT_POINTER_P (gnu_type))
1056 && !Is_Imported (gnat_entity))
1057 gnu_expr = integer_zero_node;
1059 /* If we are defining the object and it has an Address clause, we must
1060 either get the address expression from the saved GCC tree for the
1061 object if it has a Freeze node, or elaborate the address expression
1062 here since the front-end has guaranteed that the elaboration has no
1063 effects in this case. */
1064 if (definition && Present (Address_Clause (gnat_entity)))
1066 Node_Id gnat_expr = Expression (Address_Clause (gnat_entity));
1068 = present_gnu_tree (gnat_entity)
1069 ? get_gnu_tree (gnat_entity) : gnat_to_gnu (gnat_expr);
1071 save_gnu_tree (gnat_entity, NULL_TREE, false);
1073 /* Ignore the size. It's either meaningless or was handled
1075 gnu_size = NULL_TREE;
1076 /* Convert the type of the object to a reference type that can
1077 alias everything as per 13.3(19). */
1079 = build_reference_type_for_mode (gnu_type, ptr_mode, true);
1080 gnu_address = convert (gnu_type, gnu_address);
1083 = !Is_Public (gnat_entity)
1084 || compile_time_known_address_p (gnat_expr);
1086 /* If this is a deferred constant, the initializer is attached to
1088 if (kind == E_Constant && Present (Full_View (gnat_entity)))
1091 (Expression (Declaration_Node (Full_View (gnat_entity))));
1093 /* If we don't have an initializing expression for the underlying
1094 variable, the initializing expression for the pointer is the
1095 specified address. Otherwise, we have to make a COMPOUND_EXPR
1096 to assign both the address and the initial value. */
1098 gnu_expr = gnu_address;
1101 = build2 (COMPOUND_EXPR, gnu_type,
1103 (MODIFY_EXPR, NULL_TREE,
1104 build_unary_op (INDIRECT_REF, NULL_TREE,
1110 /* If it has an address clause and we are not defining it, mark it
1111 as an indirect object. Likewise for Stdcall objects that are
1113 if ((!definition && Present (Address_Clause (gnat_entity)))
1114 || (Is_Imported (gnat_entity)
1115 && Has_Stdcall_Convention (gnat_entity)))
1117 /* Convert the type of the object to a reference type that can
1118 alias everything as per 13.3(19). */
1120 = build_reference_type_for_mode (gnu_type, ptr_mode, true);
1121 gnu_size = NULL_TREE;
1123 /* No point in taking the address of an initializing expression
1124 that isn't going to be used. */
1125 gnu_expr = NULL_TREE;
1127 /* If it has an address clause whose value is known at compile
1128 time, make the object a CONST_DECL. This will avoid a
1129 useless dereference. */
1130 if (Present (Address_Clause (gnat_entity)))
1132 Node_Id gnat_address
1133 = Expression (Address_Clause (gnat_entity));
1135 if (compile_time_known_address_p (gnat_address))
1137 gnu_expr = gnat_to_gnu (gnat_address);
1145 /* If we are at top level and this object is of variable size,
1146 make the actual type a hidden pointer to the real type and
1147 make the initializer be a memory allocation and initialization.
1148 Likewise for objects we aren't defining (presumed to be
1149 external references from other packages), but there we do
1150 not set up an initialization.
1152 If the object's size overflows, make an allocator too, so that
1153 Storage_Error gets raised. Note that we will never free
1154 such memory, so we presume it never will get allocated. */
1155 if (!allocatable_size_p (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_type),
1156 global_bindings_p ()
1159 || (gnu_size && !allocatable_size_p (gnu_size,
1160 global_bindings_p ()
1164 gnu_type = build_reference_type (gnu_type);
1165 gnu_size = NULL_TREE;
1169 /* In case this was a aliased object whose nominal subtype is
1170 unconstrained, the pointer above will be a thin pointer and
1171 build_allocator will automatically make the template.
1173 If we have a template initializer only (that we made above),
1174 pretend there is none and rely on what build_allocator creates
1175 again anyway. Otherwise (if we have a full initializer), get
1176 the data part and feed that to build_allocator.
1178 If we are elaborating a mutable object, tell build_allocator to
1179 ignore a possibly simpler size from the initializer, if any, as
1180 we must allocate the maximum possible size in this case. */
1183 tree gnu_alloc_type = TREE_TYPE (gnu_type);
1185 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_alloc_type) == RECORD_TYPE
1186 && TYPE_CONTAINS_TEMPLATE_P (gnu_alloc_type))
1189 = TREE_TYPE (TREE_CHAIN (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_alloc_type)));
1191 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_expr) == CONSTRUCTOR
1192 && 1 == VEC_length (constructor_elt,
1193 CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (gnu_expr)))
1197 = build_component_ref
1198 (gnu_expr, NULL_TREE,
1199 TREE_CHAIN (TYPE_FIELDS (TREE_TYPE (gnu_expr))),
1203 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_alloc_type)) == INTEGER_CST
1204 && TREE_OVERFLOW (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_alloc_type))
1205 && !Is_Imported (gnat_entity))
1206 post_error ("?Storage_Error will be raised at run-time!",
1210 = build_allocator (gnu_alloc_type, gnu_expr, gnu_type,
1211 Empty, Empty, gnat_entity, mutable_p);
1215 gnu_expr = NULL_TREE;
1220 /* If this object would go into the stack and has an alignment larger
1221 than the largest stack alignment the back-end can honor, resort to
1222 a variable of "aligning type". */
1223 if (!global_bindings_p () && !static_p && definition
1224 && !imported_p && TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_type) > BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT)
1226 /* Create the new variable. No need for extra room before the
1227 aligned field as this is in automatic storage. */
1229 = make_aligning_type (gnu_type, TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_type),
1230 TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_type),
1231 BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT, 0);
1233 = create_var_decl (create_concat_name (gnat_entity, "ALIGN"),
1234 NULL_TREE, gnu_new_type, NULL_TREE, false,
1235 false, false, false, NULL, gnat_entity);
1237 /* Initialize the aligned field if we have an initializer. */
1240 (build_binary_op (MODIFY_EXPR, NULL_TREE,
1242 (gnu_new_var, NULL_TREE,
1243 TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_new_type), false),
1247 /* And setup this entity as a reference to the aligned field. */
1248 gnu_type = build_reference_type (gnu_type);
1251 (ADDR_EXPR, gnu_type,
1252 build_component_ref (gnu_new_var, NULL_TREE,
1253 TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_new_type), false));
1255 gnu_size = NULL_TREE;
1261 gnu_type = build_qualified_type (gnu_type, (TYPE_QUALS (gnu_type)
1262 | TYPE_QUAL_CONST));
1264 /* Convert the expression to the type of the object except in the
1265 case where the object's type is unconstrained or the object's type
1266 is a padded record whose field is of self-referential size. In
1267 the former case, converting will generate unnecessary evaluations
1268 of the CONSTRUCTOR to compute the size and in the latter case, we
1269 want to only copy the actual data. */
1271 && TREE_CODE (gnu_type) != UNCONSTRAINED_ARRAY_TYPE
1272 && !CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type))
1273 && !(TYPE_IS_PADDING_P (gnu_type)
1274 && CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P
1275 (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_type))))))
1276 gnu_expr = convert (gnu_type, gnu_expr);
1278 /* If this name is external or there was a name specified, use it,
1279 unless this is a VMS exception object since this would conflict
1280 with the symbol we need to export in addition. Don't use the
1281 Interface_Name if there is an address clause (see CD30005). */
1282 if (!Is_VMS_Exception (gnat_entity)
1283 && ((Present (Interface_Name (gnat_entity))
1284 && No (Address_Clause (gnat_entity)))
1285 || (Is_Public (gnat_entity)
1286 && (!Is_Imported (gnat_entity)
1287 || Is_Exported (gnat_entity)))))
1288 gnu_ext_name = create_concat_name (gnat_entity, NULL);
1290 /* If this is an aggregate constant initialized to a constant, force it
1291 to be statically allocated. This saves an initialization copy. */
1294 && gnu_expr && TREE_CONSTANT (gnu_expr)
1295 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (gnu_type)
1296 && host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_type), 1)
1297 && !(TYPE_IS_PADDING_P (gnu_type)
1298 && !host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT
1299 (TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_type))), 1)))
1302 /* Now create the variable or the constant and set various flags. */
1304 = create_var_decl (gnu_entity_name, gnu_ext_name, gnu_type,
1305 gnu_expr, const_flag, Is_Public (gnat_entity),
1306 imported_p || !definition, static_p, attr_list,
1308 DECL_BY_REF_P (gnu_decl) = used_by_ref;
1309 DECL_POINTS_TO_READONLY_P (gnu_decl) = used_by_ref && inner_const_flag;
1311 /* If we are defining an Out parameter and optimization isn't enabled,
1312 create a fake PARM_DECL for debugging purposes and make it point to
1313 the VAR_DECL. Suppress debug info for the latter but make sure it
1314 will live on the stack so that it can be accessed from within the
1315 debugger through the PARM_DECL. */
1316 if (kind == E_Out_Parameter && definition && !optimize && debug_info_p)
1318 tree param = create_param_decl (gnu_entity_name, gnu_type, false);
1319 gnat_pushdecl (param, gnat_entity);
1320 SET_DECL_VALUE_EXPR (param, gnu_decl);
1321 DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (param) = 1;
1322 DECL_IGNORED_P (gnu_decl) = 1;
1323 TREE_ADDRESSABLE (gnu_decl) = 1;
1326 /* If this is a renaming pointer, attach the renamed object to it and
1327 register it if we are at top level. */
1328 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_decl) == VAR_DECL && renamed_obj)
1330 SET_DECL_RENAMED_OBJECT (gnu_decl, renamed_obj);
1331 if (global_bindings_p ())
1333 DECL_RENAMING_GLOBAL_P (gnu_decl) = 1;
1334 record_global_renaming_pointer (gnu_decl);
1338 /* If this is a constant and we are defining it or it generates a real
1339 symbol at the object level and we are referencing it, we may want
1340 or need to have a true variable to represent it:
1341 - if optimization isn't enabled, for debugging purposes,
1342 - if the constant is public and not overlaid on something else,
1343 - if its address is taken,
1344 - if either itself or its type is aliased. */
1345 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_decl) == CONST_DECL
1346 && (definition || Sloc (gnat_entity) > Standard_Location)
1347 && ((!optimize && debug_info_p)
1348 || (Is_Public (gnat_entity)
1349 && No (Address_Clause (gnat_entity)))
1350 || Address_Taken (gnat_entity)
1351 || Is_Aliased (gnat_entity)
1352 || Is_Aliased (Etype (gnat_entity))))
1355 = create_true_var_decl (gnu_entity_name, gnu_ext_name, gnu_type,
1356 gnu_expr, true, Is_Public (gnat_entity),
1357 !definition, static_p, attr_list,
1360 SET_DECL_CONST_CORRESPONDING_VAR (gnu_decl, gnu_corr_var);
1362 /* As debugging information will be generated for the variable,
1363 do not generate debugging information for the constant. */
1365 DECL_IGNORED_P (gnu_decl) = 1;
1367 DECL_IGNORED_P (gnu_corr_var) = 1;
1370 /* If this is a constant, even if we don't need a true variable, we
1371 may need to avoid returning the initializer in every case. That
1372 can happen for the address of a (constant) constructor because,
1373 upon dereferencing it, the constructor will be reinjected in the
1374 tree, which may not be valid in every case; see lvalue_required_p
1375 for more details. */
1376 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_decl) == CONST_DECL)
1377 DECL_CONST_ADDRESS_P (gnu_decl) = constructor_address_p (gnu_expr);
1379 /* If this object is declared in a block that contains a block with an
1380 exception handler, and we aren't using the GCC exception mechanism,
1381 we must force this variable in memory in order to avoid an invalid
1383 if (Exception_Mechanism != Back_End_Exceptions
1384 && Has_Nested_Block_With_Handler (Scope (gnat_entity)))
1385 TREE_ADDRESSABLE (gnu_decl) = 1;
1387 /* If we are defining an object with variable size or an object with
1388 fixed size that will be dynamically allocated, and we are using the
1389 setjmp/longjmp exception mechanism, update the setjmp buffer. */
1391 && Exception_Mechanism == Setjmp_Longjmp
1392 && get_block_jmpbuf_decl ()
1393 && DECL_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_decl)
1394 && (TREE_CODE (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_decl)) != INTEGER_CST
1395 || (flag_stack_check == GENERIC_STACK_CHECK
1396 && compare_tree_int (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_decl),
1397 STACK_CHECK_MAX_VAR_SIZE) > 0)))
1398 add_stmt_with_node (build_call_1_expr
1399 (update_setjmp_buf_decl,
1400 build_unary_op (ADDR_EXPR, NULL_TREE,
1401 get_block_jmpbuf_decl ())),
1404 /* Back-annotate Esize and Alignment of the object if not already
1405 known. Note that we pick the values of the type, not those of
1406 the object, to shield ourselves from low-level platform-dependent
1407 adjustments like alignment promotion. This is both consistent with
1408 all the treatment above, where alignment and size are set on the
1409 type of the object and not on the object directly, and makes it
1410 possible to support all confirming representation clauses. */
1411 annotate_object (gnat_entity, TREE_TYPE (gnu_decl), gnu_object_size,
1417 /* Return a TYPE_DECL for "void" that we previously made. */
1418 gnu_decl = TYPE_NAME (void_type_node);
1421 case E_Enumeration_Type:
1422 /* A special case: for the types Character and Wide_Character in
1423 Standard, we do not list all the literals. So if the literals
1424 are not specified, make this an unsigned type. */
1425 if (No (First_Literal (gnat_entity)))
1427 gnu_type = make_unsigned_type (esize);
1428 TYPE_NAME (gnu_type) = gnu_entity_name;
1430 /* Set TYPE_STRING_FLAG for Character and Wide_Character types.
1431 This is needed by the DWARF-2 back-end to distinguish between
1432 unsigned integer types and character types. */
1433 TYPE_STRING_FLAG (gnu_type) = 1;
1438 /* We have a list of enumeral constants in First_Literal. We make a
1439 CONST_DECL for each one and build into GNU_LITERAL_LIST the list to
1440 be placed into TYPE_FIELDS. Each node in the list is a TREE_LIST
1441 whose TREE_VALUE is the literal name and whose TREE_PURPOSE is the
1442 value of the literal. But when we have a regular boolean type, we
1443 simplify this a little by using a BOOLEAN_TYPE. */
1444 bool is_boolean = Is_Boolean_Type (gnat_entity)
1445 && !Has_Non_Standard_Rep (gnat_entity);
1446 tree gnu_literal_list = NULL_TREE;
1447 Entity_Id gnat_literal;
1449 if (Is_Unsigned_Type (gnat_entity))
1450 gnu_type = make_unsigned_type (esize);
1452 gnu_type = make_signed_type (esize);
1454 TREE_SET_CODE (gnu_type, is_boolean ? BOOLEAN_TYPE : ENUMERAL_TYPE);
1456 for (gnat_literal = First_Literal (gnat_entity);
1457 Present (gnat_literal);
1458 gnat_literal = Next_Literal (gnat_literal))
1461 = UI_To_gnu (Enumeration_Rep (gnat_literal), gnu_type);
1463 = create_var_decl (get_entity_name (gnat_literal), NULL_TREE,
1464 gnu_type, gnu_value, true, false, false,
1465 false, NULL, gnat_literal);
1467 save_gnu_tree (gnat_literal, gnu_literal, false);
1468 gnu_literal_list = tree_cons (DECL_NAME (gnu_literal),
1469 gnu_value, gnu_literal_list);
1473 TYPE_VALUES (gnu_type) = nreverse (gnu_literal_list);
1475 /* Note that the bounds are updated at the end of this function
1476 to avoid an infinite recursion since they refer to the type. */
1480 case E_Signed_Integer_Type:
1481 case E_Ordinary_Fixed_Point_Type:
1482 case E_Decimal_Fixed_Point_Type:
1483 /* For integer types, just make a signed type the appropriate number
1485 gnu_type = make_signed_type (esize);
1488 case E_Modular_Integer_Type:
1490 /* For modular types, make the unsigned type of the proper number
1491 of bits and then set up the modulus, if required. */
1492 tree gnu_modulus, gnu_high = NULL_TREE;
1494 /* Packed array types are supposed to be subtypes only. */
1495 gcc_assert (!Is_Packed_Array_Type (gnat_entity));
1497 gnu_type = make_unsigned_type (esize);
1499 /* Get the modulus in this type. If it overflows, assume it is because
1500 it is equal to 2**Esize. Note that there is no overflow checking
1501 done on unsigned type, so we detect the overflow by looking for
1502 a modulus of zero, which is otherwise invalid. */
1503 gnu_modulus = UI_To_gnu (Modulus (gnat_entity), gnu_type);
1505 if (!integer_zerop (gnu_modulus))
1507 TYPE_MODULAR_P (gnu_type) = 1;
1508 SET_TYPE_MODULUS (gnu_type, gnu_modulus);
1509 gnu_high = fold_build2 (MINUS_EXPR, gnu_type, gnu_modulus,
1510 convert (gnu_type, integer_one_node));
1513 /* If the upper bound is not maximal, make an extra subtype. */
1515 && !tree_int_cst_equal (gnu_high, TYPE_MAX_VALUE (gnu_type)))
1517 tree gnu_subtype = make_unsigned_type (esize);
1518 SET_TYPE_RM_MAX_VALUE (gnu_subtype, gnu_high);
1519 TREE_TYPE (gnu_subtype) = gnu_type;
1520 TYPE_EXTRA_SUBTYPE_P (gnu_subtype) = 1;
1521 TYPE_NAME (gnu_type) = create_concat_name (gnat_entity, "UMT");
1522 gnu_type = gnu_subtype;
1527 case E_Signed_Integer_Subtype:
1528 case E_Enumeration_Subtype:
1529 case E_Modular_Integer_Subtype:
1530 case E_Ordinary_Fixed_Point_Subtype:
1531 case E_Decimal_Fixed_Point_Subtype:
1533 /* For integral subtypes, we make a new INTEGER_TYPE. Note that we do
1534 not want to call create_range_type since we would like each subtype
1535 node to be distinct. ??? Historically this was in preparation for
1536 when memory aliasing is implemented, but that's obsolete now given
1537 the call to relate_alias_sets below.
1539 The TREE_TYPE field of the INTEGER_TYPE points to the base type;
1540 this fact is used by the arithmetic conversion functions.
1542 We elaborate the Ancestor_Subtype if it is not in the current unit
1543 and one of our bounds is non-static. We do this to ensure consistent
1544 naming in the case where several subtypes share the same bounds, by
1545 elaborating the first such subtype first, thus using its name. */
1548 && Present (Ancestor_Subtype (gnat_entity))
1549 && !In_Extended_Main_Code_Unit (Ancestor_Subtype (gnat_entity))
1550 && (!Compile_Time_Known_Value (Type_Low_Bound (gnat_entity))
1551 || !Compile_Time_Known_Value (Type_High_Bound (gnat_entity))))
1552 gnat_to_gnu_entity (Ancestor_Subtype (gnat_entity), gnu_expr, 0);
1554 /* Set the precision to the Esize except for bit-packed arrays. */
1555 if (Is_Packed_Array_Type (gnat_entity)
1556 && Is_Bit_Packed_Array (Original_Array_Type (gnat_entity)))
1557 esize = UI_To_Int (RM_Size (gnat_entity));
1559 /* This should be an unsigned type if the base type is unsigned or
1560 if the lower bound is constant and non-negative or if the type
1562 if (Is_Unsigned_Type (Etype (gnat_entity))
1563 || Is_Unsigned_Type (gnat_entity)
1564 || Has_Biased_Representation (gnat_entity))
1565 gnu_type = make_unsigned_type (esize);
1567 gnu_type = make_signed_type (esize);
1568 TREE_TYPE (gnu_type) = get_unpadded_type (Etype (gnat_entity));
1570 SET_TYPE_RM_MIN_VALUE
1572 convert (TREE_TYPE (gnu_type),
1573 elaborate_expression (Type_Low_Bound (gnat_entity),
1574 gnat_entity, get_identifier ("L"),
1576 Needs_Debug_Info (gnat_entity))));
1578 SET_TYPE_RM_MAX_VALUE
1580 convert (TREE_TYPE (gnu_type),
1581 elaborate_expression (Type_High_Bound (gnat_entity),
1582 gnat_entity, get_identifier ("U"),
1584 Needs_Debug_Info (gnat_entity))));
1586 /* One of the above calls might have caused us to be elaborated,
1587 so don't blow up if so. */
1588 if (present_gnu_tree (gnat_entity))
1590 maybe_present = true;
1594 TYPE_BIASED_REPRESENTATION_P (gnu_type)
1595 = Has_Biased_Representation (gnat_entity);
1597 /* Attach the TYPE_STUB_DECL in case we have a parallel type. */
1598 TYPE_STUB_DECL (gnu_type)
1599 = create_type_stub_decl (gnu_entity_name, gnu_type);
1601 /* Inherit our alias set from what we're a subtype of. Subtypes
1602 are not different types and a pointer can designate any instance
1603 within a subtype hierarchy. */
1604 relate_alias_sets (gnu_type, TREE_TYPE (gnu_type), ALIAS_SET_COPY);
1606 /* For a packed array, make the original array type a parallel type. */
1608 && Is_Packed_Array_Type (gnat_entity)
1609 && present_gnu_tree (Original_Array_Type (gnat_entity)))
1610 add_parallel_type (TYPE_STUB_DECL (gnu_type),
1612 (Original_Array_Type (gnat_entity)));
1614 /* We have to handle clauses that under-align the type specially. */
1615 if ((Present (Alignment_Clause (gnat_entity))
1616 || (Is_Packed_Array_Type (gnat_entity)
1618 (Alignment_Clause (Original_Array_Type (gnat_entity)))))
1619 && UI_Is_In_Int_Range (Alignment (gnat_entity)))
1621 align = UI_To_Int (Alignment (gnat_entity)) * BITS_PER_UNIT;
1622 if (align >= TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_type))
1626 /* If the type we are dealing with represents a bit-packed array,
1627 we need to have the bits left justified on big-endian targets
1628 and right justified on little-endian targets. We also need to
1629 ensure that when the value is read (e.g. for comparison of two
1630 such values), we only get the good bits, since the unused bits
1631 are uninitialized. Both goals are accomplished by wrapping up
1632 the modular type in an enclosing record type. */
1633 if (Is_Packed_Array_Type (gnat_entity)
1634 && Is_Bit_Packed_Array (Original_Array_Type (gnat_entity)))
1636 tree gnu_field_type, gnu_field;
1638 /* Set the RM size before wrapping up the original type. */
1639 SET_TYPE_RM_SIZE (gnu_type,
1640 UI_To_gnu (RM_Size (gnat_entity), bitsizetype));
1641 TYPE_PACKED_ARRAY_TYPE_P (gnu_type) = 1;
1643 /* Create a stripped-down declaration, mainly for debugging. */
1644 create_type_decl (gnu_entity_name, gnu_type, NULL, true,
1645 debug_info_p, gnat_entity);
1647 /* Now save it and build the enclosing record type. */
1648 gnu_field_type = gnu_type;
1650 gnu_type = make_node (RECORD_TYPE);
1651 TYPE_NAME (gnu_type) = create_concat_name (gnat_entity, "JM");
1652 TYPE_PACKED (gnu_type) = 1;
1653 TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type) = TYPE_SIZE (gnu_field_type);
1654 TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_type) = TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_field_type);
1655 SET_TYPE_ADA_SIZE (gnu_type, TYPE_RM_SIZE (gnu_field_type));
1657 /* Propagate the alignment of the modular type to the record type,
1658 unless there is an alignment clause that under-aligns the type.
1659 This means that bit-packed arrays are given "ceil" alignment for
1660 their size by default, which may seem counter-intuitive but makes
1661 it possible to overlay them on modular types easily. */
1662 TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_type)
1663 = align > 0 ? align : TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_field_type);
1665 relate_alias_sets (gnu_type, gnu_field_type, ALIAS_SET_COPY);
1667 /* Don't notify the field as "addressable", since we won't be taking
1668 it's address and it would prevent create_field_decl from making a
1670 gnu_field = create_field_decl (get_identifier ("OBJECT"),
1671 gnu_field_type, gnu_type, 1,
1672 NULL_TREE, bitsize_zero_node, 0);
1674 /* Do not emit debug info until after the parallel type is added. */
1675 finish_record_type (gnu_type, gnu_field, 2, false);
1676 compute_record_mode (gnu_type);
1677 TYPE_JUSTIFIED_MODULAR_P (gnu_type) = 1;
1681 /* Make the original array type a parallel type. */
1682 if (present_gnu_tree (Original_Array_Type (gnat_entity)))
1683 add_parallel_type (TYPE_STUB_DECL (gnu_type),
1685 (Original_Array_Type (gnat_entity)));
1687 rest_of_record_type_compilation (gnu_type);
1691 /* If the type we are dealing with has got a smaller alignment than the
1692 natural one, we need to wrap it up in a record type and under-align
1693 the latter. We reuse the padding machinery for this purpose. */
1696 tree gnu_field_type, gnu_field;
1698 /* Set the RM size before wrapping up the type. */
1699 SET_TYPE_RM_SIZE (gnu_type,
1700 UI_To_gnu (RM_Size (gnat_entity), bitsizetype));
1702 /* Create a stripped-down declaration, mainly for debugging. */
1703 create_type_decl (gnu_entity_name, gnu_type, NULL, true,
1704 debug_info_p, gnat_entity);
1706 /* Now save it and build the enclosing record type. */
1707 gnu_field_type = gnu_type;
1709 gnu_type = make_node (RECORD_TYPE);
1710 TYPE_NAME (gnu_type) = create_concat_name (gnat_entity, "PAD");
1711 TYPE_PACKED (gnu_type) = 1;
1712 TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type) = TYPE_SIZE (gnu_field_type);
1713 TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_type) = TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_field_type);
1714 SET_TYPE_ADA_SIZE (gnu_type, TYPE_RM_SIZE (gnu_field_type));
1715 TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_type) = align;
1716 relate_alias_sets (gnu_type, gnu_field_type, ALIAS_SET_COPY);
1718 /* Don't notify the field as "addressable", since we won't be taking
1719 it's address and it would prevent create_field_decl from making a
1721 gnu_field = create_field_decl (get_identifier ("F"),
1722 gnu_field_type, gnu_type, 1,
1723 NULL_TREE, bitsize_zero_node, 0);
1725 finish_record_type (gnu_type, gnu_field, 2, debug_info_p);
1726 compute_record_mode (gnu_type);
1727 TYPE_PADDING_P (gnu_type) = 1;
1732 case E_Floating_Point_Type:
1733 /* If this is a VAX floating-point type, use an integer of the proper
1734 size. All the operations will be handled with ASM statements. */
1735 if (Vax_Float (gnat_entity))
1737 gnu_type = make_signed_type (esize);
1738 TYPE_VAX_FLOATING_POINT_P (gnu_type) = 1;
1739 SET_TYPE_DIGITS_VALUE (gnu_type,
1740 UI_To_gnu (Digits_Value (gnat_entity),
1745 /* The type of the Low and High bounds can be our type if this is
1746 a type from Standard, so set them at the end of the function. */
1747 gnu_type = make_node (REAL_TYPE);
1748 TYPE_PRECISION (gnu_type) = fp_size_to_prec (esize);
1749 layout_type (gnu_type);
1752 case E_Floating_Point_Subtype:
1753 if (Vax_Float (gnat_entity))
1755 gnu_type = gnat_to_gnu_type (Etype (gnat_entity));
1761 && Present (Ancestor_Subtype (gnat_entity))
1762 && !In_Extended_Main_Code_Unit (Ancestor_Subtype (gnat_entity))
1763 && (!Compile_Time_Known_Value (Type_Low_Bound (gnat_entity))
1764 || !Compile_Time_Known_Value (Type_High_Bound (gnat_entity))))
1765 gnat_to_gnu_entity (Ancestor_Subtype (gnat_entity),
1768 gnu_type = make_node (REAL_TYPE);
1769 TREE_TYPE (gnu_type) = get_unpadded_type (Etype (gnat_entity));
1770 TYPE_PRECISION (gnu_type) = fp_size_to_prec (esize);
1771 TYPE_GCC_MIN_VALUE (gnu_type)
1772 = TYPE_GCC_MIN_VALUE (TREE_TYPE (gnu_type));
1773 TYPE_GCC_MAX_VALUE (gnu_type)
1774 = TYPE_GCC_MAX_VALUE (TREE_TYPE (gnu_type));
1775 layout_type (gnu_type);
1777 SET_TYPE_RM_MIN_VALUE
1779 convert (TREE_TYPE (gnu_type),
1780 elaborate_expression (Type_Low_Bound (gnat_entity),
1781 gnat_entity, get_identifier ("L"),
1783 Needs_Debug_Info (gnat_entity))));
1785 SET_TYPE_RM_MAX_VALUE
1787 convert (TREE_TYPE (gnu_type),
1788 elaborate_expression (Type_High_Bound (gnat_entity),
1789 gnat_entity, get_identifier ("U"),
1791 Needs_Debug_Info (gnat_entity))));
1793 /* One of the above calls might have caused us to be elaborated,
1794 so don't blow up if so. */
1795 if (present_gnu_tree (gnat_entity))
1797 maybe_present = true;
1801 /* Inherit our alias set from what we're a subtype of, as for
1802 integer subtypes. */
1803 relate_alias_sets (gnu_type, TREE_TYPE (gnu_type), ALIAS_SET_COPY);
1807 /* Array and String Types and Subtypes
1809 Unconstrained array types are represented by E_Array_Type and
1810 constrained array types are represented by E_Array_Subtype. There
1811 are no actual objects of an unconstrained array type; all we have
1812 are pointers to that type.
1814 The following fields are defined on array types and subtypes:
1816 Component_Type Component type of the array.
1817 Number_Dimensions Number of dimensions (an int).
1818 First_Index Type of first index. */
1823 Entity_Id gnat_index, gnat_name;
1824 const bool convention_fortran_p
1825 = (Convention (gnat_entity) == Convention_Fortran);
1826 const int ndim = Number_Dimensions (gnat_entity);
1827 tree gnu_template_fields = NULL_TREE;
1828 tree gnu_template_type = make_node (RECORD_TYPE);
1829 tree gnu_template_reference;
1830 tree gnu_ptr_template = build_pointer_type (gnu_template_type);
1831 tree gnu_fat_type = make_node (RECORD_TYPE);
1832 tree *gnu_index_types = (tree *) alloca (ndim * sizeof (tree));
1833 tree *gnu_temp_fields = (tree *) alloca (ndim * sizeof (tree));
1834 tree gnu_max_size = size_one_node, gnu_max_size_unit, tem;
1837 TYPE_NAME (gnu_template_type)
1838 = create_concat_name (gnat_entity, "XUB");
1840 /* Make a node for the array. If we are not defining the array
1841 suppress expanding incomplete types. */
1842 gnu_type = make_node (UNCONSTRAINED_ARRAY_TYPE);
1846 defer_incomplete_level++;
1847 this_deferred = true;
1850 /* Build the fat pointer type. Use a "void *" object instead of
1851 a pointer to the array type since we don't have the array type
1852 yet (it will reference the fat pointer via the bounds). */
1853 tem = chainon (chainon (NULL_TREE,
1854 create_field_decl (get_identifier ("P_ARRAY"),
1857 NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, 0)),
1858 create_field_decl (get_identifier ("P_BOUNDS"),
1861 NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, 0));
1863 /* Make sure we can put this into a register. */
1864 TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_fat_type) = MIN (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT, 2 * POINTER_SIZE);
1866 /* Do not emit debug info for this record type since the types of its
1867 fields are still incomplete at this point. */
1868 finish_record_type (gnu_fat_type, tem, 0, false);
1869 TYPE_FAT_POINTER_P (gnu_fat_type) = 1;
1871 /* Build a reference to the template from a PLACEHOLDER_EXPR that
1872 is the fat pointer. This will be used to access the individual
1873 fields once we build them. */
1874 tem = build3 (COMPONENT_REF, gnu_ptr_template,
1875 build0 (PLACEHOLDER_EXPR, gnu_fat_type),
1876 TREE_CHAIN (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_fat_type)), NULL_TREE);
1877 gnu_template_reference
1878 = build_unary_op (INDIRECT_REF, gnu_template_type, tem);
1879 TREE_READONLY (gnu_template_reference) = 1;
1881 /* Now create the GCC type for each index and add the fields for that
1882 index to the template. */
1883 for (index = (convention_fortran_p ? ndim - 1 : 0),
1884 gnat_index = First_Index (gnat_entity);
1885 0 <= index && index < ndim;
1886 index += (convention_fortran_p ? - 1 : 1),
1887 gnat_index = Next_Index (gnat_index))
1889 char field_name[16];
1890 tree gnu_index_base_type
1891 = get_unpadded_type (Base_Type (Etype (gnat_index)));
1892 tree gnu_low_field, gnu_high_field, gnu_low, gnu_high, gnu_max;
1894 /* Make the FIELD_DECLs for the low and high bounds of this
1895 type and then make extractions of these fields from the
1897 sprintf (field_name, "LB%d", index);
1898 gnu_low_field = create_field_decl (get_identifier (field_name),
1899 gnu_index_base_type,
1900 gnu_template_type, 0,
1901 NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, 0);
1902 Sloc_to_locus (Sloc (gnat_entity),
1903 &DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (gnu_low_field));
1905 field_name[0] = 'U';
1906 gnu_high_field = create_field_decl (get_identifier (field_name),
1907 gnu_index_base_type,
1908 gnu_template_type, 0,
1909 NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, 0);
1910 Sloc_to_locus (Sloc (gnat_entity),
1911 &DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (gnu_high_field));
1913 gnu_temp_fields[index] = chainon (gnu_low_field, gnu_high_field);
1915 /* We can't use build_component_ref here since the template type
1916 isn't complete yet. */
1917 gnu_low = build3 (COMPONENT_REF, gnu_index_base_type,
1918 gnu_template_reference, gnu_low_field,
1920 gnu_high = build3 (COMPONENT_REF, gnu_index_base_type,
1921 gnu_template_reference, gnu_high_field,
1923 TREE_READONLY (gnu_low) = TREE_READONLY (gnu_high) = 1;
1925 /* Compute the size of this dimension. */
1927 = build3 (COND_EXPR, gnu_index_base_type,
1928 build2 (GE_EXPR, boolean_type_node, gnu_high, gnu_low),
1930 build2 (MINUS_EXPR, gnu_index_base_type,
1931 gnu_low, fold_convert (gnu_index_base_type,
1932 integer_one_node)));
1934 /* Make a range type with the new range in the Ada base type.
1935 Then make an index type with the size range in sizetype. */
1936 gnu_index_types[index]
1937 = create_index_type (convert (sizetype, gnu_low),
1938 convert (sizetype, gnu_max),
1939 create_range_type (gnu_index_base_type,
1943 /* Update the maximum size of the array in elements. */
1946 tree gnu_index_type = get_unpadded_type (Etype (gnat_index));
1948 = convert (sizetype, TYPE_MIN_VALUE (gnu_index_type));
1950 = convert (sizetype, TYPE_MAX_VALUE (gnu_index_type));
1952 = size_binop (MAX_EXPR,
1953 size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, size_one_node,
1954 size_binop (MINUS_EXPR,
1958 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_this_max) == INTEGER_CST
1959 && TREE_OVERFLOW (gnu_this_max))
1960 gnu_max_size = NULL_TREE;
1963 = size_binop (MULT_EXPR, gnu_max_size, gnu_this_max);
1966 TYPE_NAME (gnu_index_types[index])
1967 = create_concat_name (gnat_entity, field_name);
1970 for (index = 0; index < ndim; index++)
1972 = chainon (gnu_template_fields, gnu_temp_fields[index]);
1974 /* Install all the fields into the template. */
1975 finish_record_type (gnu_template_type, gnu_template_fields, 0,
1977 TYPE_READONLY (gnu_template_type) = 1;
1979 /* Now make the array of arrays and update the pointer to the array
1980 in the fat pointer. Note that it is the first field. */
1981 tem = gnat_to_gnu_component_type (gnat_entity, definition,
1984 /* If Component_Size is not already specified, annotate it with the
1985 size of the component. */
1986 if (Unknown_Component_Size (gnat_entity))
1987 Set_Component_Size (gnat_entity, annotate_value (TYPE_SIZE (tem)));
1989 /* Compute the maximum size of the array in units and bits. */
1992 gnu_max_size_unit = size_binop (MULT_EXPR, gnu_max_size,
1993 TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (tem));
1994 gnu_max_size = size_binop (MULT_EXPR,
1995 convert (bitsizetype, gnu_max_size),
1999 gnu_max_size_unit = NULL_TREE;
2001 /* Now build the array type. */
2002 for (index = ndim - 1; index >= 0; index--)
2004 tem = build_array_type (tem, gnu_index_types[index]);
2005 TYPE_MULTI_ARRAY_P (tem) = (index > 0);
2006 if (array_type_has_nonaliased_component (tem, gnat_entity))
2007 TYPE_NONALIASED_COMPONENT (tem) = 1;
2010 /* If an alignment is specified, use it if valid. But ignore it
2011 for the original type of packed array types. If the alignment
2012 was requested with an explicit alignment clause, state so. */
2013 if (No (Packed_Array_Type (gnat_entity))
2014 && Known_Alignment (gnat_entity))
2017 = validate_alignment (Alignment (gnat_entity), gnat_entity,
2019 if (Present (Alignment_Clause (gnat_entity)))
2020 TYPE_USER_ALIGN (tem) = 1;
2023 TYPE_CONVENTION_FORTRAN_P (tem) = convention_fortran_p;
2024 TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_fat_type)) = build_pointer_type (tem);
2026 /* The result type is an UNCONSTRAINED_ARRAY_TYPE that indicates the
2027 corresponding fat pointer. */
2028 TREE_TYPE (gnu_type) = TYPE_POINTER_TO (gnu_type)
2029 = TYPE_REFERENCE_TO (gnu_type) = gnu_fat_type;
2030 SET_TYPE_MODE (gnu_type, BLKmode);
2031 TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_type) = TYPE_ALIGN (tem);
2032 SET_TYPE_UNCONSTRAINED_ARRAY (gnu_fat_type, gnu_type);
2034 /* If the maximum size doesn't overflow, use it. */
2036 && TREE_CODE (gnu_max_size) == INTEGER_CST
2037 && !TREE_OVERFLOW (gnu_max_size)
2038 && TREE_CODE (gnu_max_size_unit) == INTEGER_CST
2039 && !TREE_OVERFLOW (gnu_max_size_unit))
2041 TYPE_SIZE (tem) = size_binop (MIN_EXPR, gnu_max_size,
2043 TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (tem) = size_binop (MIN_EXPR, gnu_max_size_unit,
2044 TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (tem));
2047 create_type_decl (create_concat_name (gnat_entity, "XUA"),
2048 tem, NULL, !Comes_From_Source (gnat_entity),
2049 debug_info_p, gnat_entity);
2051 /* Give the fat pointer type a name. If this is a packed type, tell
2052 the debugger how to interpret the underlying bits. */
2053 if (Present (Packed_Array_Type (gnat_entity)))
2054 gnat_name = Packed_Array_Type (gnat_entity);
2056 gnat_name = gnat_entity;
2057 create_type_decl (create_concat_name (gnat_name, "XUP"),
2058 gnu_fat_type, NULL, true,
2059 debug_info_p, gnat_entity);
2061 /* Create the type to be used as what a thin pointer designates:
2062 a record type for the object and its template with the fields
2063 shifted to have the template at a negative offset. */
2064 tem = build_unc_object_type (gnu_template_type, tem,
2065 create_concat_name (gnat_name, "XUT"));
2066 shift_unc_components_for_thin_pointers (tem);
2068 SET_TYPE_UNCONSTRAINED_ARRAY (tem, gnu_type);
2069 TYPE_OBJECT_RECORD_TYPE (gnu_type) = tem;
2073 case E_String_Subtype:
2074 case E_Array_Subtype:
2076 /* This is the actual data type for array variables. Multidimensional
2077 arrays are implemented as arrays of arrays. Note that arrays which
2078 have sparse enumeration subtypes as index components create sparse
2079 arrays, which is obviously space inefficient but so much easier to
2082 Also note that the subtype never refers to the unconstrained array
2083 type, which is somewhat at variance with Ada semantics.
2085 First check to see if this is simply a renaming of the array type.
2086 If so, the result is the array type. */
2088 gnu_type = gnat_to_gnu_type (Etype (gnat_entity));
2089 if (!Is_Constrained (gnat_entity))
2093 Entity_Id gnat_index, gnat_base_index;
2094 const bool convention_fortran_p
2095 = (Convention (gnat_entity) == Convention_Fortran);
2096 const int ndim = Number_Dimensions (gnat_entity);
2097 tree gnu_base_type = gnu_type;
2098 tree *gnu_index_types = (tree *) alloca (ndim * sizeof (tree));
2099 tree gnu_max_size = size_one_node, gnu_max_size_unit;
2100 bool need_index_type_struct = false;
2103 /* First create the GCC type for each index and find out whether
2104 special types are needed for debugging information. */
2105 for (index = (convention_fortran_p ? ndim - 1 : 0),
2106 gnat_index = First_Index (gnat_entity),
2108 = First_Index (Implementation_Base_Type (gnat_entity));
2109 0 <= index && index < ndim;
2110 index += (convention_fortran_p ? - 1 : 1),
2111 gnat_index = Next_Index (gnat_index),
2112 gnat_base_index = Next_Index (gnat_base_index))
2114 tree gnu_index_type = get_unpadded_type (Etype (gnat_index));
2116 = compare_tree_int (rm_size (gnu_index_type),
2117 TYPE_PRECISION (sizetype));
2118 const bool subrange_p = (prec_comp < 0
2119 && (TYPE_UNSIGNED (gnu_index_type)
2120 || !TYPE_UNSIGNED (sizetype)))
2122 && TYPE_UNSIGNED (gnu_index_type)
2123 == TYPE_UNSIGNED (sizetype));
2124 tree gnu_orig_min = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (gnu_index_type);
2125 tree gnu_orig_max = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (gnu_index_type);
2126 tree gnu_min = convert (sizetype, gnu_orig_min);
2127 tree gnu_max = convert (sizetype, gnu_orig_max);
2128 tree gnu_base_index_type
2129 = get_unpadded_type (Etype (gnat_base_index));
2130 tree gnu_base_orig_min = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (gnu_base_index_type);
2131 tree gnu_base_orig_max = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (gnu_base_index_type);
2132 tree gnu_high, gnu_low;
2134 /* See if the base array type is already flat. If it is, we
2135 are probably compiling an ACATS test but it will cause the
2136 code below to malfunction if we don't handle it specially. */
2137 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_base_orig_min) == INTEGER_CST
2138 && TREE_CODE (gnu_base_orig_max) == INTEGER_CST
2139 && tree_int_cst_lt (gnu_base_orig_max, gnu_base_orig_min))
2141 gnu_min = size_one_node;
2142 gnu_max = size_zero_node;
2146 /* Similarly, if one of the values overflows in sizetype and the
2147 range is null, use 1..0 for the sizetype bounds. */
2148 else if (!subrange_p
2149 && TREE_CODE (gnu_min) == INTEGER_CST
2150 && TREE_CODE (gnu_max) == INTEGER_CST
2151 && (TREE_OVERFLOW (gnu_min) || TREE_OVERFLOW (gnu_max))
2152 && tree_int_cst_lt (gnu_orig_max, gnu_orig_min))
2154 gnu_min = size_one_node;
2155 gnu_max = size_zero_node;
2159 /* If the minimum and maximum values both overflow in sizetype,
2160 but the difference in the original type does not overflow in
2161 sizetype, ignore the overflow indication. */
2162 else if (!subrange_p
2163 && TREE_CODE (gnu_min) == INTEGER_CST
2164 && TREE_CODE (gnu_max) == INTEGER_CST
2165 && TREE_OVERFLOW (gnu_min) && TREE_OVERFLOW (gnu_max)
2168 fold_build2 (MINUS_EXPR, gnu_index_type,
2172 TREE_OVERFLOW (gnu_min) = 0;
2173 TREE_OVERFLOW (gnu_max) = 0;
2177 /* Compute the size of this dimension in the general case. We
2178 need to provide GCC with an upper bound to use but have to
2179 deal with the "superflat" case. There are three ways to do
2180 this. If we can prove that the array can never be superflat,
2181 we can just use the high bound of the index type. */
2182 else if (Nkind (gnat_index) == N_Range
2183 && cannot_be_superflat_p (gnat_index))
2186 /* Otherwise, if we can prove that the low bound minus one and
2187 the high bound cannot overflow, we can just use the expression
2188 MAX (hb, lb - 1). Similarly, if we can prove that the high
2189 bound plus one and the low bound cannot overflow, we can use
2190 the high bound as-is and MIN (hb + 1, lb) for the low bound.
2191 Otherwise, we have to fall back to the most general expression
2192 (hb >= lb) ? hb : lb - 1. Note that the comparison must be
2193 done in the original index type, to avoid any overflow during
2197 gnu_high = size_binop (MINUS_EXPR, gnu_min, size_one_node);
2198 gnu_low = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, gnu_max, size_one_node);
2200 /* If gnu_high is a constant that has overflowed, the low
2201 bound is the smallest integer so cannot be the maximum.
2202 If gnu_low is a constant that has overflowed, the high
2203 bound is the highest integer so cannot be the minimum. */
2204 if ((TREE_CODE (gnu_high) == INTEGER_CST
2205 && TREE_OVERFLOW (gnu_high))
2206 || (TREE_CODE (gnu_low) == INTEGER_CST
2207 && TREE_OVERFLOW (gnu_low)))
2210 /* If the index type is a subrange and gnu_high a constant
2211 that hasn't overflowed, we can use the maximum. */
2212 else if (subrange_p && TREE_CODE (gnu_high) == INTEGER_CST)
2213 gnu_high = size_binop (MAX_EXPR, gnu_max, gnu_high);
2215 /* If the index type is a subrange and gnu_low a constant
2216 that hasn't overflowed, we can use the minimum. */
2217 else if (subrange_p && TREE_CODE (gnu_low) == INTEGER_CST)
2220 gnu_min = size_binop (MIN_EXPR, gnu_min, gnu_low);
2225 = build_cond_expr (sizetype,
2226 build_binary_op (GE_EXPR,
2233 gnu_index_types[index]
2234 = create_index_type (gnu_min, gnu_high, gnu_index_type,
2237 /* Update the maximum size of the array in elements. Here we
2238 see if any constraint on the index type of the base type
2239 can be used in the case of self-referential bound on the
2240 index type of the subtype. We look for a non-"infinite"
2241 and non-self-referential bound from any type involved and
2242 handle each bound separately. */
2245 tree gnu_base_min = convert (sizetype, gnu_base_orig_min);
2246 tree gnu_base_max = convert (sizetype, gnu_base_orig_max);
2247 tree gnu_base_index_base_type
2248 = get_base_type (gnu_base_index_type);
2249 tree gnu_base_base_min
2250 = convert (sizetype,
2251 TYPE_MIN_VALUE (gnu_base_index_base_type));
2252 tree gnu_base_base_max
2253 = convert (sizetype,
2254 TYPE_MAX_VALUE (gnu_base_index_base_type));
2256 if (!CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (gnu_min)
2257 || !(TREE_CODE (gnu_base_min) == INTEGER_CST
2258 && !TREE_OVERFLOW (gnu_base_min)))
2259 gnu_base_min = gnu_min;
2261 if (!CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (gnu_max)
2262 || !(TREE_CODE (gnu_base_max) == INTEGER_CST
2263 && !TREE_OVERFLOW (gnu_base_max)))
2264 gnu_base_max = gnu_max;
2266 if ((TREE_CODE (gnu_base_min) == INTEGER_CST
2267 && TREE_OVERFLOW (gnu_base_min))
2268 || operand_equal_p (gnu_base_min, gnu_base_base_min, 0)
2269 || (TREE_CODE (gnu_base_max) == INTEGER_CST
2270 && TREE_OVERFLOW (gnu_base_max))
2271 || operand_equal_p (gnu_base_max, gnu_base_base_max, 0))
2272 gnu_max_size = NULL_TREE;
2276 = size_binop (MAX_EXPR,
2277 size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, size_one_node,
2278 size_binop (MINUS_EXPR,
2283 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_this_max) == INTEGER_CST
2284 && TREE_OVERFLOW (gnu_this_max))
2285 gnu_max_size = NULL_TREE;
2288 = size_binop (MULT_EXPR, gnu_max_size, gnu_this_max);
2292 /* We need special types for debugging information to point to
2293 the index types if they have variable bounds, are not integer
2294 types, are biased or are wider than sizetype. */
2295 if (!integer_onep (gnu_orig_min)
2296 || TREE_CODE (gnu_orig_max) != INTEGER_CST
2297 || TREE_CODE (gnu_index_type) != INTEGER_TYPE
2298 || (TREE_TYPE (gnu_index_type)
2299 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (gnu_index_type))
2301 || TYPE_BIASED_REPRESENTATION_P (gnu_index_type)
2303 need_index_type_struct = true;
2306 /* Then flatten: create the array of arrays. For an array type
2307 used to implement a packed array, get the component type from
2308 the original array type since the representation clauses that
2309 can affect it are on the latter. */
2310 if (Is_Packed_Array_Type (gnat_entity)
2311 && !Is_Bit_Packed_Array (Original_Array_Type (gnat_entity)))
2313 gnu_type = gnat_to_gnu_type (Original_Array_Type (gnat_entity));
2314 for (index = ndim - 1; index >= 0; index--)
2315 gnu_type = TREE_TYPE (gnu_type);
2317 /* One of the above calls might have caused us to be elaborated,
2318 so don't blow up if so. */
2319 if (present_gnu_tree (gnat_entity))
2321 maybe_present = true;
2327 gnu_type = gnat_to_gnu_component_type (gnat_entity, definition,
2330 /* One of the above calls might have caused us to be elaborated,
2331 so don't blow up if so. */
2332 if (present_gnu_tree (gnat_entity))
2334 maybe_present = true;
2339 /* Compute the maximum size of the array in units and bits. */
2342 gnu_max_size_unit = size_binop (MULT_EXPR, gnu_max_size,
2343 TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_type));
2344 gnu_max_size = size_binop (MULT_EXPR,
2345 convert (bitsizetype, gnu_max_size),
2346 TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type));
2349 gnu_max_size_unit = NULL_TREE;
2351 /* Now build the array type. */
2352 for (index = ndim - 1; index >= 0; index --)
2354 gnu_type = build_array_type (gnu_type, gnu_index_types[index]);
2355 TYPE_MULTI_ARRAY_P (gnu_type) = (index > 0);
2356 if (array_type_has_nonaliased_component (gnu_type, gnat_entity))
2357 TYPE_NONALIASED_COMPONENT (gnu_type) = 1;
2360 /* Attach the TYPE_STUB_DECL in case we have a parallel type. */
2361 TYPE_STUB_DECL (gnu_type)
2362 = create_type_stub_decl (gnu_entity_name, gnu_type);
2364 /* If we are at file level and this is a multi-dimensional array,
2365 we need to make a variable corresponding to the stride of the
2366 inner dimensions. */
2367 if (global_bindings_p () && ndim > 1)
2369 tree gnu_str_name = get_identifier ("ST");
2372 for (gnu_arr_type = TREE_TYPE (gnu_type);
2373 TREE_CODE (gnu_arr_type) == ARRAY_TYPE;
2374 gnu_arr_type = TREE_TYPE (gnu_arr_type),
2375 gnu_str_name = concat_name (gnu_str_name, "ST"))
2377 tree eltype = TREE_TYPE (gnu_arr_type);
2379 TYPE_SIZE (gnu_arr_type)
2380 = elaborate_expression_1 (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_arr_type),
2381 gnat_entity, gnu_str_name,
2384 /* ??? For now, store the size as a multiple of the
2385 alignment of the element type in bytes so that we
2386 can see the alignment from the tree. */
2387 TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_arr_type)
2389 (MULT_EXPR, sizetype,
2390 elaborate_expression_1
2391 (build_binary_op (EXACT_DIV_EXPR, sizetype,
2392 TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_arr_type),
2393 size_int (TYPE_ALIGN (eltype)
2395 gnat_entity, concat_name (gnu_str_name, "A_U"),
2397 size_int (TYPE_ALIGN (eltype) / BITS_PER_UNIT));
2399 /* ??? create_type_decl is not invoked on the inner types so
2400 the MULT_EXPR node built above will never be marked. */
2401 MARK_VISITED (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_arr_type));
2405 /* If we need to write out a record type giving the names of the
2406 bounds for debugging purposes, do it now and make the record
2407 type a parallel type. This is not needed for a packed array
2408 since the bounds are conveyed by the original array type. */
2409 if (need_index_type_struct
2411 && !Is_Packed_Array_Type (gnat_entity))
2413 tree gnu_bound_rec = make_node (RECORD_TYPE);
2414 tree gnu_field_list = NULL_TREE;
2417 TYPE_NAME (gnu_bound_rec)
2418 = create_concat_name (gnat_entity, "XA");
2420 for (index = ndim - 1; index >= 0; index--)
2422 tree gnu_index = TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (gnu_index_types[index]);
2423 tree gnu_index_name = TYPE_NAME (gnu_index);
2425 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_index_name) == TYPE_DECL)
2426 gnu_index_name = DECL_NAME (gnu_index_name);
2428 /* Make sure to reference the types themselves, and not just
2429 their names, as the debugger may fall back on them. */
2430 gnu_field = create_field_decl (gnu_index_name, gnu_index,
2432 0, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, 0);
2433 TREE_CHAIN (gnu_field) = gnu_field_list;
2434 gnu_field_list = gnu_field;
2437 finish_record_type (gnu_bound_rec, gnu_field_list, 0, true);
2438 add_parallel_type (TYPE_STUB_DECL (gnu_type), gnu_bound_rec);
2441 /* Otherwise, for a packed array, make the original array type a
2443 else if (debug_info_p
2444 && Is_Packed_Array_Type (gnat_entity)
2445 && present_gnu_tree (Original_Array_Type (gnat_entity)))
2446 add_parallel_type (TYPE_STUB_DECL (gnu_type),
2448 (Original_Array_Type (gnat_entity)));
2450 TYPE_CONVENTION_FORTRAN_P (gnu_type) = convention_fortran_p;
2451 TYPE_PACKED_ARRAY_TYPE_P (gnu_type)
2452 = (Is_Packed_Array_Type (gnat_entity)
2453 && Is_Bit_Packed_Array (Original_Array_Type (gnat_entity)));
2455 /* If the size is self-referential and the maximum size doesn't
2456 overflow, use it. */
2457 if (CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type))
2459 && !(TREE_CODE (gnu_max_size) == INTEGER_CST
2460 && TREE_OVERFLOW (gnu_max_size))
2461 && !(TREE_CODE (gnu_max_size_unit) == INTEGER_CST
2462 && TREE_OVERFLOW (gnu_max_size_unit)))
2464 TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type) = size_binop (MIN_EXPR, gnu_max_size,
2465 TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type));
2466 TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_type)
2467 = size_binop (MIN_EXPR, gnu_max_size_unit,
2468 TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_type));
2471 /* Set our alias set to that of our base type. This gives all
2472 array subtypes the same alias set. */
2473 relate_alias_sets (gnu_type, gnu_base_type, ALIAS_SET_COPY);
2475 /* If this is a packed type, make this type the same as the packed
2476 array type, but do some adjusting in the type first. */
2477 if (Present (Packed_Array_Type (gnat_entity)))
2479 Entity_Id gnat_index;
2482 /* First finish the type we had been making so that we output
2483 debugging information for it. */
2484 if (Treat_As_Volatile (gnat_entity))
2486 = build_qualified_type (gnu_type,
2487 TYPE_QUALS (gnu_type)
2488 | TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE);
2490 /* Make it artificial only if the base type was artificial too.
2491 That's sort of "morally" true and will make it possible for
2492 the debugger to look it up by name in DWARF, which is needed
2493 in order to decode the packed array type. */
2495 = create_type_decl (gnu_entity_name, gnu_type, attr_list,
2496 !Comes_From_Source (Etype (gnat_entity))
2497 && !Comes_From_Source (gnat_entity),
2498 debug_info_p, gnat_entity);
2500 /* Save it as our equivalent in case the call below elaborates
2502 save_gnu_tree (gnat_entity, gnu_decl, false);
2504 gnu_decl = gnat_to_gnu_entity (Packed_Array_Type (gnat_entity),
2506 this_made_decl = true;
2507 gnu_type = TREE_TYPE (gnu_decl);
2508 save_gnu_tree (gnat_entity, NULL_TREE, false);
2510 gnu_inner = gnu_type;
2511 while (TREE_CODE (gnu_inner) == RECORD_TYPE
2512 && (TYPE_JUSTIFIED_MODULAR_P (gnu_inner)
2513 || TYPE_PADDING_P (gnu_inner)))
2514 gnu_inner = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_inner));
2516 /* We need to attach the index type to the type we just made so
2517 that the actual bounds can later be put into a template. */
2518 if ((TREE_CODE (gnu_inner) == ARRAY_TYPE
2519 && !TYPE_ACTUAL_BOUNDS (gnu_inner))
2520 || (TREE_CODE (gnu_inner) == INTEGER_TYPE
2521 && !TYPE_HAS_ACTUAL_BOUNDS_P (gnu_inner)))
2523 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_inner) == INTEGER_TYPE)
2525 /* The TYPE_ACTUAL_BOUNDS field is overloaded with the
2526 TYPE_MODULUS for modular types so we make an extra
2527 subtype if necessary. */
2528 if (TYPE_MODULAR_P (gnu_inner))
2531 = make_unsigned_type (TYPE_PRECISION (gnu_inner));
2532 TREE_TYPE (gnu_subtype) = gnu_inner;
2533 TYPE_EXTRA_SUBTYPE_P (gnu_subtype) = 1;
2534 SET_TYPE_RM_MIN_VALUE (gnu_subtype,
2535 TYPE_MIN_VALUE (gnu_inner));
2536 SET_TYPE_RM_MAX_VALUE (gnu_subtype,
2537 TYPE_MAX_VALUE (gnu_inner));
2538 gnu_inner = gnu_subtype;
2541 TYPE_HAS_ACTUAL_BOUNDS_P (gnu_inner) = 1;
2543 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
2544 /* Check for other cases of overloading. */
2545 gcc_assert (!TYPE_ACTUAL_BOUNDS (gnu_inner));
2549 for (gnat_index = First_Index (gnat_entity);
2550 Present (gnat_index);
2551 gnat_index = Next_Index (gnat_index))
2552 SET_TYPE_ACTUAL_BOUNDS
2554 tree_cons (NULL_TREE,
2555 get_unpadded_type (Etype (gnat_index)),
2556 TYPE_ACTUAL_BOUNDS (gnu_inner)));
2558 if (Convention (gnat_entity) != Convention_Fortran)
2559 SET_TYPE_ACTUAL_BOUNDS
2560 (gnu_inner, nreverse (TYPE_ACTUAL_BOUNDS (gnu_inner)));
2562 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_type) == RECORD_TYPE
2563 && TYPE_JUSTIFIED_MODULAR_P (gnu_type))
2564 TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_type)) = gnu_inner;
2569 /* Abort if packed array with no Packed_Array_Type field set. */
2570 gcc_assert (!Is_Packed (gnat_entity));
2574 case E_String_Literal_Subtype:
2575 /* Create the type for a string literal. */
2577 Entity_Id gnat_full_type
2578 = (IN (Ekind (Etype (gnat_entity)), Private_Kind)
2579 && Present (Full_View (Etype (gnat_entity)))
2580 ? Full_View (Etype (gnat_entity)) : Etype (gnat_entity));
2581 tree gnu_string_type = get_unpadded_type (gnat_full_type);
2582 tree gnu_string_array_type
2583 = TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TREE_TYPE (gnu_string_type))));
2584 tree gnu_string_index_type
2585 = get_base_type (TREE_TYPE (TYPE_INDEX_TYPE
2586 (TYPE_DOMAIN (gnu_string_array_type))));
2587 tree gnu_lower_bound
2588 = convert (gnu_string_index_type,
2589 gnat_to_gnu (String_Literal_Low_Bound (gnat_entity)));
2590 int length = UI_To_Int (String_Literal_Length (gnat_entity));
2591 tree gnu_length = ssize_int (length - 1);
2592 tree gnu_upper_bound
2593 = build_binary_op (PLUS_EXPR, gnu_string_index_type,
2595 convert (gnu_string_index_type, gnu_length));
2597 = create_index_type (convert (sizetype, gnu_lower_bound),
2598 convert (sizetype, gnu_upper_bound),
2599 create_range_type (gnu_string_index_type,
2605 = build_array_type (gnat_to_gnu_type (Component_Type (gnat_entity)),
2607 if (array_type_has_nonaliased_component (gnu_type, gnat_entity))
2608 TYPE_NONALIASED_COMPONENT (gnu_type) = 1;
2609 relate_alias_sets (gnu_type, gnu_string_type, ALIAS_SET_COPY);
2613 /* Record Types and Subtypes
2615 The following fields are defined on record types:
2617 Has_Discriminants True if the record has discriminants
2618 First_Discriminant Points to head of list of discriminants
2619 First_Entity Points to head of list of fields
2620 Is_Tagged_Type True if the record is tagged
2622 Implementation of Ada records and discriminated records:
2624 A record type definition is transformed into the equivalent of a C
2625 struct definition. The fields that are the discriminants which are
2626 found in the Full_Type_Declaration node and the elements of the
2627 Component_List found in the Record_Type_Definition node. The
2628 Component_List can be a recursive structure since each Variant of
2629 the Variant_Part of the Component_List has a Component_List.
2631 Processing of a record type definition comprises starting the list of
2632 field declarations here from the discriminants and the calling the
2633 function components_to_record to add the rest of the fields from the
2634 component list and return the gnu type node. The function
2635 components_to_record will call itself recursively as it traverses
2639 if (Has_Complex_Representation (gnat_entity))
2642 = build_complex_type
2644 (Etype (Defining_Entity
2645 (First (Component_Items
2648 (Declaration_Node (gnat_entity)))))))));
2654 Node_Id full_definition = Declaration_Node (gnat_entity);
2655 Node_Id record_definition = Type_Definition (full_definition);
2656 Entity_Id gnat_field;
2657 tree gnu_field, gnu_field_list = NULL_TREE, gnu_get_parent;
2658 /* Set PACKED in keeping with gnat_to_gnu_field. */
2660 = Is_Packed (gnat_entity)
2662 : Component_Alignment (gnat_entity) == Calign_Storage_Unit
2664 : (Known_Alignment (gnat_entity)
2665 || (Strict_Alignment (gnat_entity)
2666 && Known_Static_Esize (gnat_entity)))
2669 bool has_discr = Has_Discriminants (gnat_entity);
2670 bool has_rep = Has_Specified_Layout (gnat_entity);
2671 bool all_rep = has_rep;
2673 = (Is_Tagged_Type (gnat_entity)
2674 && Nkind (record_definition) == N_Derived_Type_Definition);
2675 bool is_unchecked_union = Is_Unchecked_Union (gnat_entity);
2677 /* See if all fields have a rep clause. Stop when we find one
2680 for (gnat_field = First_Entity (gnat_entity);
2681 Present (gnat_field);
2682 gnat_field = Next_Entity (gnat_field))
2683 if ((Ekind (gnat_field) == E_Component
2684 || Ekind (gnat_field) == E_Discriminant)
2685 && No (Component_Clause (gnat_field)))
2691 /* If this is a record extension, go a level further to find the
2692 record definition. Also, verify we have a Parent_Subtype. */
2695 if (!type_annotate_only
2696 || Present (Record_Extension_Part (record_definition)))
2697 record_definition = Record_Extension_Part (record_definition);
2699 gcc_assert (type_annotate_only
2700 || Present (Parent_Subtype (gnat_entity)));
2703 /* Make a node for the record. If we are not defining the record,
2704 suppress expanding incomplete types. */
2705 gnu_type = make_node (tree_code_for_record_type (gnat_entity));
2706 TYPE_NAME (gnu_type) = gnu_entity_name;
2707 TYPE_PACKED (gnu_type) = (packed != 0) || has_rep;
2711 defer_incomplete_level++;
2712 this_deferred = true;
2715 /* If both a size and rep clause was specified, put the size in
2716 the record type now so that it can get the proper mode. */
2717 if (has_rep && Known_Esize (gnat_entity))
2718 TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type) = UI_To_gnu (Esize (gnat_entity), sizetype);
2720 /* Always set the alignment here so that it can be used to
2721 set the mode, if it is making the alignment stricter. If
2722 it is invalid, it will be checked again below. If this is to
2723 be Atomic, choose a default alignment of a word unless we know
2724 the size and it's smaller. */
2725 if (Known_Alignment (gnat_entity))
2726 TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_type)
2727 = validate_alignment (Alignment (gnat_entity), gnat_entity, 0);
2728 else if (Is_Atomic (gnat_entity))
2729 TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_type)
2730 = esize >= BITS_PER_WORD ? BITS_PER_WORD : ceil_alignment (esize);
2731 /* If a type needs strict alignment, the minimum size will be the
2732 type size instead of the RM size (see validate_size). Cap the
2733 alignment, lest it causes this type size to become too large. */
2734 else if (Strict_Alignment (gnat_entity)
2735 && Known_Static_Esize (gnat_entity))
2737 unsigned int raw_size = UI_To_Int (Esize (gnat_entity));
2738 unsigned int raw_align = raw_size & -raw_size;
2739 if (raw_align < BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT)
2740 TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_type) = raw_align;
2743 TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_type) = 0;
2745 /* If we have a Parent_Subtype, make a field for the parent. If
2746 this record has rep clauses, force the position to zero. */
2747 if (Present (Parent_Subtype (gnat_entity)))
2749 Entity_Id gnat_parent = Parent_Subtype (gnat_entity);
2752 /* A major complexity here is that the parent subtype will
2753 reference our discriminants in its Discriminant_Constraint
2754 list. But those must reference the parent component of this
2755 record which is of the parent subtype we have not built yet!
2756 To break the circle we first build a dummy COMPONENT_REF which
2757 represents the "get to the parent" operation and initialize
2758 each of those discriminants to a COMPONENT_REF of the above
2759 dummy parent referencing the corresponding discriminant of the
2760 base type of the parent subtype. */
2761 gnu_get_parent = build3 (COMPONENT_REF, void_type_node,
2762 build0 (PLACEHOLDER_EXPR, gnu_type),
2763 build_decl (input_location,
2764 FIELD_DECL, NULL_TREE,
2769 for (gnat_field = First_Stored_Discriminant (gnat_entity);
2770 Present (gnat_field);
2771 gnat_field = Next_Stored_Discriminant (gnat_field))
2772 if (Present (Corresponding_Discriminant (gnat_field)))
2775 = gnat_to_gnu_field_decl (Corresponding_Discriminant
2779 build3 (COMPONENT_REF, TREE_TYPE (gnu_field),
2780 gnu_get_parent, gnu_field, NULL_TREE),
2784 /* Then we build the parent subtype. If it has discriminants but
2785 the type itself has unknown discriminants, this means that it
2786 doesn't contain information about how the discriminants are
2787 derived from those of the ancestor type, so it cannot be used
2788 directly. Instead it is built by cloning the parent subtype
2789 of the underlying record view of the type, for which the above
2790 derivation of discriminants has been made explicit. */
2791 if (Has_Discriminants (gnat_parent)
2792 && Has_Unknown_Discriminants (gnat_entity))
2794 Entity_Id gnat_uview = Underlying_Record_View (gnat_entity);
2796 /* If we are defining the type, the underlying record
2797 view must already have been elaborated at this point.
2798 Otherwise do it now as its parent subtype cannot be
2799 technically elaborated on its own. */
2801 gcc_assert (present_gnu_tree (gnat_uview));
2803 gnat_to_gnu_entity (gnat_uview, NULL_TREE, 0);
2805 gnu_parent = gnat_to_gnu_type (Parent_Subtype (gnat_uview));
2807 /* Substitute the "get to the parent" of the type for that
2808 of its underlying record view in the cloned type. */
2809 for (gnat_field = First_Stored_Discriminant (gnat_uview);
2810 Present (gnat_field);
2811 gnat_field = Next_Stored_Discriminant (gnat_field))
2812 if (Present (Corresponding_Discriminant (gnat_field)))
2814 tree gnu_field = gnat_to_gnu_field_decl (gnat_field);
2816 = build3 (COMPONENT_REF, TREE_TYPE (gnu_field),
2817 gnu_get_parent, gnu_field, NULL_TREE);
2819 = substitute_in_type (gnu_parent, gnu_field, gnu_ref);
2823 gnu_parent = gnat_to_gnu_type (gnat_parent);
2825 /* Finally we fix up both kinds of twisted COMPONENT_REF we have
2826 initially built. The discriminants must reference the fields
2827 of the parent subtype and not those of its base type for the
2828 placeholder machinery to properly work. */
2831 /* The actual parent subtype is the full view. */
2832 if (IN (Ekind (gnat_parent), Private_Kind))
2834 if (Present (Full_View (gnat_parent)))
2835 gnat_parent = Full_View (gnat_parent);
2837 gnat_parent = Underlying_Full_View (gnat_parent);
2840 for (gnat_field = First_Stored_Discriminant (gnat_entity);
2841 Present (gnat_field);
2842 gnat_field = Next_Stored_Discriminant (gnat_field))
2843 if (Present (Corresponding_Discriminant (gnat_field)))
2845 Entity_Id field = Empty;
2846 for (field = First_Stored_Discriminant (gnat_parent);
2848 field = Next_Stored_Discriminant (field))
2849 if (same_discriminant_p (gnat_field, field))
2851 gcc_assert (Present (field));
2852 TREE_OPERAND (get_gnu_tree (gnat_field), 1)
2853 = gnat_to_gnu_field_decl (field);
2857 /* The "get to the parent" COMPONENT_REF must be given its
2859 TREE_TYPE (gnu_get_parent) = gnu_parent;
2861 /* ...and reference the _Parent field of this record. */
2863 = create_field_decl (parent_name_id,
2864 gnu_parent, gnu_type, 0,
2866 ? TYPE_SIZE (gnu_parent) : NULL_TREE,
2868 ? bitsize_zero_node : NULL_TREE, 1);
2869 DECL_INTERNAL_P (gnu_field) = 1;
2870 TREE_OPERAND (gnu_get_parent, 1) = gnu_field;
2871 TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_type) = gnu_field;
2874 /* Make the fields for the discriminants and put them into the record
2875 unless it's an Unchecked_Union. */
2877 for (gnat_field = First_Stored_Discriminant (gnat_entity);
2878 Present (gnat_field);
2879 gnat_field = Next_Stored_Discriminant (gnat_field))
2881 /* If this is a record extension and this discriminant is the
2882 renaming of another discriminant, we've handled it above. */
2883 if (Present (Parent_Subtype (gnat_entity))
2884 && Present (Corresponding_Discriminant (gnat_field)))
2888 = gnat_to_gnu_field (gnat_field, gnu_type, packed, definition,
2891 /* Make an expression using a PLACEHOLDER_EXPR from the
2892 FIELD_DECL node just created and link that with the
2893 corresponding GNAT defining identifier. */
2894 save_gnu_tree (gnat_field,
2895 build3 (COMPONENT_REF, TREE_TYPE (gnu_field),
2896 build0 (PLACEHOLDER_EXPR, gnu_type),
2897 gnu_field, NULL_TREE),
2900 if (!is_unchecked_union)
2902 TREE_CHAIN (gnu_field) = gnu_field_list;
2903 gnu_field_list = gnu_field;
2907 /* Add the fields into the record type and finish it up. */
2908 components_to_record (gnu_type, Component_List (record_definition),
2909 gnu_field_list, packed, definition, NULL,
2910 false, all_rep, is_unchecked_union,
2911 debug_info_p, false);
2913 /* If it is passed by reference, force BLKmode to ensure that objects
2914 of this type will always be put in memory. */
2915 if (Is_By_Reference_Type (gnat_entity))
2916 SET_TYPE_MODE (gnu_type, BLKmode);
2918 /* We used to remove the associations of the discriminants and _Parent
2919 for validity checking but we may need them if there's a Freeze_Node
2920 for a subtype used in this record. */
2921 TYPE_VOLATILE (gnu_type) = Treat_As_Volatile (gnat_entity);
2923 /* Fill in locations of fields. */
2924 annotate_rep (gnat_entity, gnu_type);
2926 /* If there are any entities in the chain corresponding to components
2927 that we did not elaborate, ensure we elaborate their types if they
2929 for (gnat_temp = First_Entity (gnat_entity);
2930 Present (gnat_temp);
2931 gnat_temp = Next_Entity (gnat_temp))
2932 if ((Ekind (gnat_temp) == E_Component
2933 || Ekind (gnat_temp) == E_Discriminant)
2934 && Is_Itype (Etype (gnat_temp))
2935 && !present_gnu_tree (gnat_temp))
2936 gnat_to_gnu_entity (Etype (gnat_temp), NULL_TREE, 0);
2940 case E_Class_Wide_Subtype:
2941 /* If an equivalent type is present, that is what we should use.
2942 Otherwise, fall through to handle this like a record subtype
2943 since it may have constraints. */
2944 if (gnat_equiv_type != gnat_entity)
2946 gnu_decl = gnat_to_gnu_entity (gnat_equiv_type, NULL_TREE, 0);
2947 maybe_present = true;
2951 /* ... fall through ... */
2953 case E_Record_Subtype:
2954 /* If Cloned_Subtype is Present it means this record subtype has
2955 identical layout to that type or subtype and we should use
2956 that GCC type for this one. The front end guarantees that
2957 the component list is shared. */
2958 if (Present (Cloned_Subtype (gnat_entity)))
2960 gnu_decl = gnat_to_gnu_entity (Cloned_Subtype (gnat_entity),
2962 maybe_present = true;
2966 /* Otherwise, first ensure the base type is elaborated. Then, if we are
2967 changing the type, make a new type with each field having the type of
2968 the field in the new subtype but the position computed by transforming
2969 every discriminant reference according to the constraints. We don't
2970 see any difference between private and non-private type here since
2971 derivations from types should have been deferred until the completion
2972 of the private type. */
2975 Entity_Id gnat_base_type = Implementation_Base_Type (gnat_entity);
2980 defer_incomplete_level++;
2981 this_deferred = true;
2984 gnu_base_type = gnat_to_gnu_type (gnat_base_type);
2986 if (present_gnu_tree (gnat_entity))
2988 maybe_present = true;
2992 /* When the subtype has discriminants and these discriminants affect
2993 the initial shape it has inherited, factor them in. But for an
2994 Unchecked_Union (it must be an Itype), just return the type.
2995 We can't just test Is_Constrained because private subtypes without
2996 discriminants of types with discriminants with default expressions
2997 are Is_Constrained but aren't constrained! */
2998 if (IN (Ekind (gnat_base_type), Record_Kind)
2999 && !Is_Unchecked_Union (gnat_base_type)
3000 && !Is_For_Access_Subtype (gnat_entity)
3001 && Is_Constrained (gnat_entity)
3002 && Has_Discriminants (gnat_entity)
3003 && Present (Discriminant_Constraint (gnat_entity))
3004 && Stored_Constraint (gnat_entity) != No_Elist)
3007 = build_subst_list (gnat_entity, gnat_base_type, definition);
3008 tree gnu_unpad_base_type, gnu_rep_part, gnu_variant_part, t;
3009 tree gnu_variant_list, gnu_pos_list, gnu_field_list = NULL_TREE;
3010 bool selected_variant = false;
3011 Entity_Id gnat_field;
3013 gnu_type = make_node (RECORD_TYPE);
3014 TYPE_NAME (gnu_type) = gnu_entity_name;
3016 /* Set the size, alignment and alias set of the new type to
3017 match that of the old one, doing required substitutions. */
3018 copy_and_substitute_in_size (gnu_type, gnu_base_type,
3021 if (TYPE_IS_PADDING_P (gnu_base_type))
3022 gnu_unpad_base_type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_base_type));
3024 gnu_unpad_base_type = gnu_base_type;
3026 /* Look for a REP part in the base type. */
3027 gnu_rep_part = get_rep_part (gnu_unpad_base_type);
3029 /* Look for a variant part in the base type. */
3030 gnu_variant_part = get_variant_part (gnu_unpad_base_type);
3032 /* If there is a variant part, we must compute whether the
3033 constraints statically select a particular variant. If
3034 so, we simply drop the qualified union and flatten the
3035 list of fields. Otherwise we'll build a new qualified
3036 union for the variants that are still relevant. */
3037 if (gnu_variant_part)
3040 = build_variant_list (TREE_TYPE (gnu_variant_part),
3041 gnu_subst_list, NULL_TREE);
3043 /* If all the qualifiers are unconditionally true, the
3044 innermost variant is statically selected. */
3045 selected_variant = true;
3046 for (t = gnu_variant_list; t; t = TREE_CHAIN (t))
3047 if (!integer_onep (TREE_VEC_ELT (TREE_VALUE (t), 1)))
3049 selected_variant = false;
3053 /* Otherwise, create the new variants. */
3054 if (!selected_variant)
3055 for (t = gnu_variant_list; t; t = TREE_CHAIN (t))
3057 tree old_variant = TREE_PURPOSE (t);
3058 tree new_variant = make_node (RECORD_TYPE);
3059 TYPE_NAME (new_variant)
3060 = DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (old_variant));
3061 copy_and_substitute_in_size (new_variant, old_variant,
3063 TREE_VEC_ELT (TREE_VALUE (t), 2) = new_variant;
3068 gnu_variant_list = NULL_TREE;
3069 selected_variant = false;
3073 = build_position_list (gnu_unpad_base_type,
3074 gnu_variant_list && !selected_variant,
3075 size_zero_node, bitsize_zero_node,
3076 BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT, NULL_TREE);
3078 for (gnat_field = First_Entity (gnat_entity);
3079 Present (gnat_field);
3080 gnat_field = Next_Entity (gnat_field))
3081 if ((Ekind (gnat_field) == E_Component
3082 || Ekind (gnat_field) == E_Discriminant)
3083 && !(Present (Corresponding_Discriminant (gnat_field))
3084 && Is_Tagged_Type (gnat_base_type))
3085 && Underlying_Type (Scope (Original_Record_Component
3089 Name_Id gnat_name = Chars (gnat_field);
3090 Entity_Id gnat_old_field
3091 = Original_Record_Component (gnat_field);
3093 = gnat_to_gnu_field_decl (gnat_old_field);
3094 tree gnu_context = DECL_CONTEXT (gnu_old_field);
3095 tree gnu_field, gnu_field_type, gnu_size;
3096 tree gnu_cont_type, gnu_last = NULL_TREE;
3098 /* If the type is the same, retrieve the GCC type from the
3099 old field to take into account possible adjustments. */
3100 if (Etype (gnat_field) == Etype (gnat_old_field))
3101 gnu_field_type = TREE_TYPE (gnu_old_field);
3103 gnu_field_type = gnat_to_gnu_type (Etype (gnat_field));
3105 /* If there was a component clause, the field types must be
3106 the same for the type and subtype, so copy the data from
3107 the old field to avoid recomputation here. Also if the
3108 field is justified modular and the optimization in
3109 gnat_to_gnu_field was applied. */
3110 if (Present (Component_Clause (gnat_old_field))
3111 || (TREE_CODE (gnu_field_type) == RECORD_TYPE
3112 && TYPE_JUSTIFIED_MODULAR_P (gnu_field_type)
3113 && TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_field_type))
3114 == TREE_TYPE (gnu_old_field)))
3116 gnu_size = DECL_SIZE (gnu_old_field);
3117 gnu_field_type = TREE_TYPE (gnu_old_field);
3120 /* If the old field was packed and of constant size, we
3121 have to get the old size here, as it might differ from
3122 what the Etype conveys and the latter might overlap
3123 onto the following field. Try to arrange the type for
3124 possible better packing along the way. */
3125 else if (DECL_PACKED (gnu_old_field)
3126 && TREE_CODE (DECL_SIZE (gnu_old_field))
3129 gnu_size = DECL_SIZE (gnu_old_field);
3130 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_field_type) == RECORD_TYPE
3131 && !TYPE_FAT_POINTER_P (gnu_field_type)
3132 && host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_field_type), 1))
3134 = make_packable_type (gnu_field_type, true);
3138 gnu_size = TYPE_SIZE (gnu_field_type);
3140 /* If the context of the old field is the base type or its
3141 REP part (if any), put the field directly in the new
3142 type; otherwise look up the context in the variant list
3143 and put the field either in the new type if there is a
3144 selected variant or in one of the new variants. */
3145 if (gnu_context == gnu_unpad_base_type
3147 && gnu_context == TREE_TYPE (gnu_rep_part)))
3148 gnu_cont_type = gnu_type;
3151 t = purpose_member (gnu_context, gnu_variant_list);
3154 if (selected_variant)
3155 gnu_cont_type = gnu_type;
3157 gnu_cont_type = TREE_VEC_ELT (TREE_VALUE (t), 2);
3160 /* The front-end may pass us "ghost" components if
3161 it fails to recognize that a constrained subtype
3162 is statically constrained. Discard them. */
3166 /* Now create the new field modeled on the old one. */
3168 = create_field_decl_from (gnu_old_field, gnu_field_type,
3169 gnu_cont_type, gnu_size,
3170 gnu_pos_list, gnu_subst_list);
3172 /* Put it in one of the new variants directly. */
3173 if (gnu_cont_type != gnu_type)
3175 TREE_CHAIN (gnu_field) = TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_cont_type);
3176 TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_cont_type) = gnu_field;
3179 /* To match the layout crafted in components_to_record,
3180 if this is the _Tag or _Parent field, put it before
3181 any other fields. */
3182 else if (gnat_name == Name_uTag
3183 || gnat_name == Name_uParent)
3184 gnu_field_list = chainon (gnu_field_list, gnu_field);
3186 /* Similarly, if this is the _Controller field, put
3187 it before the other fields except for the _Tag or
3189 else if (gnat_name == Name_uController && gnu_last)
3191 TREE_CHAIN (gnu_field) = TREE_CHAIN (gnu_last);
3192 TREE_CHAIN (gnu_last) = gnu_field;
3195 /* Otherwise, if this is a regular field, put it after
3196 the other fields. */
3199 TREE_CHAIN (gnu_field) = gnu_field_list;
3200 gnu_field_list = gnu_field;
3202 gnu_last = gnu_field;
3205 save_gnu_tree (gnat_field, gnu_field, false);
3208 /* If there is a variant list and no selected variant, we need
3209 to create the nest of variant parts from the old nest. */
3210 if (gnu_variant_list && !selected_variant)
3212 tree new_variant_part
3213 = create_variant_part_from (gnu_variant_part,
3214 gnu_variant_list, gnu_type,
3215 gnu_pos_list, gnu_subst_list);
3216 TREE_CHAIN (new_variant_part) = gnu_field_list;
3217 gnu_field_list = new_variant_part;
3220 /* Now go through the entities again looking for Itypes that
3221 we have not elaborated but should (e.g., Etypes of fields
3222 that have Original_Components). */
3223 for (gnat_field = First_Entity (gnat_entity);
3224 Present (gnat_field); gnat_field = Next_Entity (gnat_field))
3225 if ((Ekind (gnat_field) == E_Discriminant
3226 || Ekind (gnat_field) == E_Component)
3227 && !present_gnu_tree (Etype (gnat_field)))
3228 gnat_to_gnu_entity (Etype (gnat_field), NULL_TREE, 0);
3230 /* Do not emit debug info for the type yet since we're going to
3232 gnu_field_list = nreverse (gnu_field_list);
3233 finish_record_type (gnu_type, gnu_field_list, 2, false);
3235 /* See the E_Record_Type case for the rationale. */
3236 if (Is_By_Reference_Type (gnat_entity))
3237 SET_TYPE_MODE (gnu_type, BLKmode);
3239 compute_record_mode (gnu_type);
3241 TYPE_VOLATILE (gnu_type) = Treat_As_Volatile (gnat_entity);
3243 /* Fill in locations of fields. */
3244 annotate_rep (gnat_entity, gnu_type);
3246 /* If debugging information is being written for the type, write
3247 a record that shows what we are a subtype of and also make a
3248 variable that indicates our size, if still variable. */
3251 tree gnu_subtype_marker = make_node (RECORD_TYPE);
3252 tree gnu_unpad_base_name = TYPE_NAME (gnu_unpad_base_type);
3253 tree gnu_size_unit = TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_type);
3255 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_unpad_base_name) == TYPE_DECL)
3256 gnu_unpad_base_name = DECL_NAME (gnu_unpad_base_name);
3258 TYPE_NAME (gnu_subtype_marker)
3259 = create_concat_name (gnat_entity, "XVS");
3260 finish_record_type (gnu_subtype_marker,
3261 create_field_decl (gnu_unpad_base_name,
3262 build_reference_type
3263 (gnu_unpad_base_type),
3269 add_parallel_type (TYPE_STUB_DECL (gnu_type),
3270 gnu_subtype_marker);
3273 && TREE_CODE (gnu_size_unit) != INTEGER_CST
3274 && !CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (gnu_size_unit))
3275 create_var_decl (create_concat_name (gnat_entity, "XVZ"),
3276 NULL_TREE, sizetype, gnu_size_unit, false,
3277 false, false, false, NULL, gnat_entity);
3280 /* Now we can finalize it. */
3281 rest_of_record_type_compilation (gnu_type);
3284 /* Otherwise, go down all the components in the new type and make
3285 them equivalent to those in the base type. */
3288 gnu_type = gnu_base_type;
3290 for (gnat_temp = First_Entity (gnat_entity);
3291 Present (gnat_temp);
3292 gnat_temp = Next_Entity (gnat_temp))
3293 if ((Ekind (gnat_temp) == E_Discriminant
3294 && !Is_Unchecked_Union (gnat_base_type))
3295 || Ekind (gnat_temp) == E_Component)
3296 save_gnu_tree (gnat_temp,
3297 gnat_to_gnu_field_decl
3298 (Original_Record_Component (gnat_temp)),
3304 case E_Access_Subprogram_Type:
3305 /* Use the special descriptor type for dispatch tables if needed,
3306 that is to say for the Prim_Ptr of a-tags.ads and its clones.
3307 Note that we are only required to do so for static tables in
3308 order to be compatible with the C++ ABI, but Ada 2005 allows
3309 to extend library level tagged types at the local level so
3310 we do it in the non-static case as well. */
3311 if (TARGET_VTABLE_USES_DESCRIPTORS
3312 && Is_Dispatch_Table_Entity (gnat_entity))
3314 gnu_type = fdesc_type_node;
3315 gnu_size = TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type);
3319 /* ... fall through ... */
3321 case E_Anonymous_Access_Subprogram_Type:
3322 /* If we are not defining this entity, and we have incomplete
3323 entities being processed above us, make a dummy type and
3324 fill it in later. */
3325 if (!definition && defer_incomplete_level != 0)
3327 struct incomplete *p
3328 = (struct incomplete *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct incomplete));
3331 = build_pointer_type
3332 (make_dummy_type (Directly_Designated_Type (gnat_entity)));
3333 gnu_decl = create_type_decl (gnu_entity_name, gnu_type, attr_list,
3334 !Comes_From_Source (gnat_entity),
3335 debug_info_p, gnat_entity);
3336 this_made_decl = true;
3337 gnu_type = TREE_TYPE (gnu_decl);
3338 save_gnu_tree (gnat_entity, gnu_decl, false);
3341 p->old_type = TREE_TYPE (gnu_type);
3342 p->full_type = Directly_Designated_Type (gnat_entity);
3343 p->next = defer_incomplete_list;
3344 defer_incomplete_list = p;
3348 /* ... fall through ... */
3350 case E_Allocator_Type:
3352 case E_Access_Attribute_Type:
3353 case E_Anonymous_Access_Type:
3354 case E_General_Access_Type:
3356 Entity_Id gnat_desig_type = Directly_Designated_Type (gnat_entity);
3357 Entity_Id gnat_desig_equiv = Gigi_Equivalent_Type (gnat_desig_type);
3358 bool is_from_limited_with
3359 = (IN (Ekind (gnat_desig_equiv), Incomplete_Kind)
3360 && From_With_Type (gnat_desig_equiv));
3362 /* Get the "full view" of this entity. If this is an incomplete
3363 entity from a limited with, treat its non-limited view as the full
3364 view. Otherwise, if this is an incomplete or private type, use the
3365 full view. In the former case, we might point to a private type,
3366 in which case, we need its full view. Also, we want to look at the
3367 actual type used for the representation, so this takes a total of
3369 Entity_Id gnat_desig_full_direct_first
3370 = (is_from_limited_with ? Non_Limited_View (gnat_desig_equiv)
3371 : (IN (Ekind (gnat_desig_equiv), Incomplete_Or_Private_Kind)
3372 ? Full_View (gnat_desig_equiv) : Empty));
3373 Entity_Id gnat_desig_full_direct
3374 = ((is_from_limited_with
3375 && Present (gnat_desig_full_direct_first)
3376 && IN (Ekind (gnat_desig_full_direct_first), Private_Kind))
3377 ? Full_View (gnat_desig_full_direct_first)
3378 : gnat_desig_full_direct_first);
3379 Entity_Id gnat_desig_full
3380 = Gigi_Equivalent_Type (gnat_desig_full_direct);
3382 /* This the type actually used to represent the designated type,
3383 either gnat_desig_full or gnat_desig_equiv. */
3384 Entity_Id gnat_desig_rep;
3386 /* True if this is a pointer to an unconstrained array. */
3387 bool is_unconstrained_array;
3389 /* We want to know if we'll be seeing the freeze node for any
3390 incomplete type we may be pointing to. */
3392 = (Present (gnat_desig_full)
3393 ? In_Extended_Main_Code_Unit (gnat_desig_full)
3394 : In_Extended_Main_Code_Unit (gnat_desig_type));
3396 /* True if we make a dummy type here. */
3397 bool got_fat_p = false;
3398 /* True if the dummy is a fat pointer. */
3399 bool made_dummy = false;
3400 tree gnu_desig_type = NULL_TREE;
3401 enum machine_mode p_mode = mode_for_size (esize, MODE_INT, 0);
3403 if (!targetm.valid_pointer_mode (p_mode))
3406 /* If either the designated type or its full view is an unconstrained
3407 array subtype, replace it with the type it's a subtype of. This
3408 avoids problems with multiple copies of unconstrained array types.
3409 Likewise, if the designated type is a subtype of an incomplete
3410 record type, use the parent type to avoid order of elaboration
3411 issues. This can lose some code efficiency, but there is no
3413 if (Ekind (gnat_desig_equiv) == E_Array_Subtype
3414 && ! Is_Constrained (gnat_desig_equiv))
3415 gnat_desig_equiv = Etype (gnat_desig_equiv);
3416 if (Present (gnat_desig_full)
3417 && ((Ekind (gnat_desig_full) == E_Array_Subtype
3418 && ! Is_Constrained (gnat_desig_full))
3419 || (Ekind (gnat_desig_full) == E_Record_Subtype
3420 && Ekind (Etype (gnat_desig_full)) == E_Record_Type)))
3421 gnat_desig_full = Etype (gnat_desig_full);
3423 /* Now set the type that actually marks the representation of
3424 the designated type and also flag whether we have a unconstrained
3426 gnat_desig_rep = gnat_desig_full ? gnat_desig_full : gnat_desig_equiv;
3427 is_unconstrained_array
3428 = (Is_Array_Type (gnat_desig_rep)
3429 && ! Is_Constrained (gnat_desig_rep));
3431 /* If we are pointing to an incomplete type whose completion is an
3432 unconstrained array, make a fat pointer type. The two types in our
3433 fields will be pointers to dummy nodes and will be replaced in
3434 update_pointer_to. Similarly, if the type itself is a dummy type or
3435 an unconstrained array. Also make a dummy TYPE_OBJECT_RECORD_TYPE
3436 in case we have any thin pointers to it. */
3437 if (is_unconstrained_array
3438 && (Present (gnat_desig_full)
3439 || (present_gnu_tree (gnat_desig_equiv)
3440 && TYPE_IS_DUMMY_P (TREE_TYPE
3441 (get_gnu_tree (gnat_desig_equiv))))
3442 || (No (gnat_desig_full) && ! in_main_unit
3443 && defer_incomplete_level != 0
3444 && ! present_gnu_tree (gnat_desig_equiv))
3445 || (in_main_unit && is_from_limited_with
3446 && Present (Freeze_Node (gnat_desig_rep)))))
3450 if (present_gnu_tree (gnat_desig_rep))
3451 gnu_old = TREE_TYPE (get_gnu_tree (gnat_desig_rep));
3454 gnu_old = make_dummy_type (gnat_desig_rep);
3456 /* Show the dummy we get will be a fat pointer. */
3457 got_fat_p = made_dummy = true;
3460 /* If the call above got something that has a pointer, that
3461 pointer is our type. This could have happened either
3462 because the type was elaborated or because somebody
3463 else executed the code below. */
3464 gnu_type = TYPE_POINTER_TO (gnu_old);
3467 tree gnu_template_type = make_node (ENUMERAL_TYPE);
3468 tree gnu_ptr_template = build_pointer_type (gnu_template_type);
3469 tree gnu_array_type = make_node (ENUMERAL_TYPE);
3470 tree gnu_ptr_array = build_pointer_type (gnu_array_type);
3473 TYPE_NAME (gnu_template_type)
3474 = create_concat_name (gnat_desig_equiv, "XUB");
3475 TYPE_DUMMY_P (gnu_template_type) = 1;
3477 TYPE_NAME (gnu_array_type)
3478 = create_concat_name (gnat_desig_equiv, "XUA");
3479 TYPE_DUMMY_P (gnu_array_type) = 1;
3481 gnu_type = make_node (RECORD_TYPE);
3482 SET_TYPE_UNCONSTRAINED_ARRAY (gnu_type, gnu_old);
3483 TYPE_POINTER_TO (gnu_old) = gnu_type;
3486 = chainon (chainon (NULL_TREE,
3488 (get_identifier ("P_ARRAY"),
3490 gnu_type, 0, 0, 0, 0)),
3491 create_field_decl (get_identifier ("P_BOUNDS"),
3493 gnu_type, 0, 0, 0, 0));
3495 /* Make sure we can place this into a register. */
3496 TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_type)
3497 = MIN (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT, 2 * POINTER_SIZE);
3498 TYPE_FAT_POINTER_P (gnu_type) = 1;
3500 /* Do not emit debug info for this record type since the types
3501 of its fields are incomplete. */
3502 finish_record_type (gnu_type, fields, 0, false);
3504 TYPE_OBJECT_RECORD_TYPE (gnu_old) = make_node (RECORD_TYPE);
3505 TYPE_NAME (TYPE_OBJECT_RECORD_TYPE (gnu_old))
3506 = create_concat_name (gnat_desig_equiv, "XUT");
3507 TYPE_DUMMY_P (TYPE_OBJECT_RECORD_TYPE (gnu_old)) = 1;
3511 /* If we already know what the full type is, use it. */
3512 else if (Present (gnat_desig_full)
3513 && present_gnu_tree (gnat_desig_full))
3514 gnu_desig_type = TREE_TYPE (get_gnu_tree (gnat_desig_full));
3516 /* Get the type of the thing we are to point to and build a pointer
3517 to it. If it is a reference to an incomplete or private type with a
3518 full view that is a record, make a dummy type node and get the
3519 actual type later when we have verified it is safe. */
3520 else if ((! in_main_unit
3521 && ! present_gnu_tree (gnat_desig_equiv)
3522 && Present (gnat_desig_full)
3523 && ! present_gnu_tree (gnat_desig_full)
3524 && Is_Record_Type (gnat_desig_full))
3525 /* Likewise if we are pointing to a record or array and we
3526 are to defer elaborating incomplete types. We do this
3527 since this access type may be the full view of some
3528 private type. Note that the unconstrained array case is
3530 || ((! in_main_unit || imported_p)
3531 && defer_incomplete_level != 0
3532 && ! present_gnu_tree (gnat_desig_equiv)
3533 && ((Is_Record_Type (gnat_desig_rep)
3534 || Is_Array_Type (gnat_desig_rep))))
3535 /* If this is a reference from a limited_with type back to our
3536 main unit and there's a Freeze_Node for it, either we have
3537 already processed the declaration and made the dummy type,
3538 in which case we just reuse the latter, or we have not yet,
3539 in which case we make the dummy type and it will be reused
3540 when the declaration is processed. In both cases, the
3541 pointer eventually created below will be automatically
3542 adjusted when the Freeze_Node is processed. Note that the
3543 unconstrained array case is handled above. */
3544 || (in_main_unit && is_from_limited_with
3545 && Present (Freeze_Node (gnat_desig_rep))))
3547 gnu_desig_type = make_dummy_type (gnat_desig_equiv);
3551 /* Otherwise handle the case of a pointer to itself. */
3552 else if (gnat_desig_equiv == gnat_entity)
3555 = build_pointer_type_for_mode (void_type_node, p_mode,
3556 No_Strict_Aliasing (gnat_entity));
3557 TREE_TYPE (gnu_type) = TYPE_POINTER_TO (gnu_type) = gnu_type;
3560 /* If expansion is disabled, the equivalent type of a concurrent
3561 type is absent, so build a dummy pointer type. */
3562 else if (type_annotate_only && No (gnat_desig_equiv))
3563 gnu_type = ptr_void_type_node;
3565 /* Finally, handle the straightforward case where we can just
3566 elaborate our designated type and point to it. */
3568 gnu_desig_type = gnat_to_gnu_type (gnat_desig_equiv);
3570 /* It is possible that a call to gnat_to_gnu_type above resolved our
3571 type. If so, just return it. */
3572 if (present_gnu_tree (gnat_entity))
3574 maybe_present = true;
3578 /* If we have a GCC type for the designated type, possibly modify it
3579 if we are pointing only to constant objects and then make a pointer
3580 to it. Don't do this for unconstrained arrays. */
3581 if (!gnu_type && gnu_desig_type)
3583 if (Is_Access_Constant (gnat_entity)
3584 && TREE_CODE (gnu_desig_type) != UNCONSTRAINED_ARRAY_TYPE)
3587 = build_qualified_type
3589 TYPE_QUALS (gnu_desig_type) | TYPE_QUAL_CONST);
3591 /* Some extra processing is required if we are building a
3592 pointer to an incomplete type (in the GCC sense). We might
3593 have such a type if we just made a dummy, or directly out
3594 of the call to gnat_to_gnu_type above if we are processing
3595 an access type for a record component designating the
3596 record type itself. */
3597 if (TYPE_MODE (gnu_desig_type) == VOIDmode)
3599 /* We must ensure that the pointer to variant we make will
3600 be processed by update_pointer_to when the initial type
3601 is completed. Pretend we made a dummy and let further
3602 processing act as usual. */
3605 /* We must ensure that update_pointer_to will not retrieve
3606 the dummy variant when building a properly qualified
3607 version of the complete type. We take advantage of the
3608 fact that get_qualified_type is requiring TYPE_NAMEs to
3609 match to influence build_qualified_type and then also
3610 update_pointer_to here. */
3611 TYPE_NAME (gnu_desig_type)
3612 = create_concat_name (gnat_desig_type, "INCOMPLETE_CST");
3617 = build_pointer_type_for_mode (gnu_desig_type, p_mode,
3618 No_Strict_Aliasing (gnat_entity));
3621 /* If we are not defining this object and we made a dummy pointer,
3622 save our current definition, evaluate the actual type, and replace
3623 the tentative type we made with the actual one. If we are to defer
3624 actually looking up the actual type, make an entry in the
3625 deferred list. If this is from a limited with, we have to defer
3626 to the end of the current spec in two cases: first if the
3627 designated type is in the current unit and second if the access
3629 if ((! in_main_unit || is_from_limited_with) && made_dummy)
3632 = TYPE_IS_FAT_POINTER_P (gnu_type)
3633 ? TYPE_UNCONSTRAINED_ARRAY (gnu_type) : TREE_TYPE (gnu_type);
3635 if (esize == POINTER_SIZE
3636 && (got_fat_p || TYPE_IS_FAT_POINTER_P (gnu_type)))
3638 = build_pointer_type
3639 (TYPE_OBJECT_RECORD_TYPE
3640 (TYPE_UNCONSTRAINED_ARRAY (gnu_type)));
3642 gnu_decl = create_type_decl (gnu_entity_name, gnu_type, attr_list,
3643 !Comes_From_Source (gnat_entity),
3644 debug_info_p, gnat_entity);
3645 this_made_decl = true;
3646 gnu_type = TREE_TYPE (gnu_decl);
3647 save_gnu_tree (gnat_entity, gnu_decl, false);
3650 if (defer_incomplete_level == 0
3651 && ! (is_from_limited_with
3653 || In_Extended_Main_Code_Unit (gnat_entity))))
3654 update_pointer_to (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (gnu_old_type),
3655 gnat_to_gnu_type (gnat_desig_equiv));
3657 /* Note that the call to gnat_to_gnu_type here might have
3658 updated gnu_old_type directly, in which case it is not a
3659 dummy type any more when we get into update_pointer_to.
3661 This may happen for instance when the designated type is a
3662 record type, because their elaboration starts with an
3663 initial node from make_dummy_type, which may yield the same
3664 node as the one we got.
3666 Besides, variants of this non-dummy type might have been
3667 created along the way. update_pointer_to is expected to
3668 properly take care of those situations. */
3671 struct incomplete *p
3672 = (struct incomplete *) xmalloc (sizeof
3673 (struct incomplete));
3674 struct incomplete **head
3675 = (is_from_limited_with
3677 || In_Extended_Main_Code_Unit (gnat_entity))
3678 ? &defer_limited_with : &defer_incomplete_list);
3680 p->old_type = gnu_old_type;
3681 p->full_type = gnat_desig_equiv;
3689 case E_Access_Protected_Subprogram_Type:
3690 case E_Anonymous_Access_Protected_Subprogram_Type:
3691 if (type_annotate_only && No (gnat_equiv_type))
3692 gnu_type = ptr_void_type_node;
3695 /* The runtime representation is the equivalent type. */
3696 gnu_type = gnat_to_gnu_type (gnat_equiv_type);
3697 maybe_present = true;
3700 if (Is_Itype (Directly_Designated_Type (gnat_entity))
3701 && !present_gnu_tree (Directly_Designated_Type (gnat_entity))
3702 && No (Freeze_Node (Directly_Designated_Type (gnat_entity)))
3703 && !Is_Record_Type (Scope (Directly_Designated_Type (gnat_entity))))
3704 gnat_to_gnu_entity (Directly_Designated_Type (gnat_entity),
3709 case E_Access_Subtype:
3711 /* We treat this as identical to its base type; any constraint is
3712 meaningful only to the front end.
3714 The designated type must be elaborated as well, if it does
3715 not have its own freeze node. Designated (sub)types created
3716 for constrained components of records with discriminants are
3717 not frozen by the front end and thus not elaborated by gigi,
3718 because their use may appear before the base type is frozen,
3719 and because it is not clear that they are needed anywhere in
3720 Gigi. With the current model, there is no correct place where
3721 they could be elaborated. */
3723 gnu_type = gnat_to_gnu_type (Etype (gnat_entity));
3724 if (Is_Itype (Directly_Designated_Type (gnat_entity))
3725 && !present_gnu_tree (Directly_Designated_Type (gnat_entity))
3726 && Is_Frozen (Directly_Designated_Type (gnat_entity))
3727 && No (Freeze_Node (Directly_Designated_Type (gnat_entity))))
3729 /* If we are not defining this entity, and we have incomplete
3730 entities being processed above us, make a dummy type and
3731 elaborate it later. */
3732 if (!definition && defer_incomplete_level != 0)
3734 struct incomplete *p
3735 = (struct incomplete *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct incomplete));
3737 = build_pointer_type
3738 (make_dummy_type (Directly_Designated_Type (gnat_entity)));
3740 p->old_type = TREE_TYPE (gnu_ptr_type);
3741 p->full_type = Directly_Designated_Type (gnat_entity);
3742 p->next = defer_incomplete_list;
3743 defer_incomplete_list = p;
3745 else if (!IN (Ekind (Base_Type
3746 (Directly_Designated_Type (gnat_entity))),
3747 Incomplete_Or_Private_Kind))
3748 gnat_to_gnu_entity (Directly_Designated_Type (gnat_entity),
3752 maybe_present = true;
3755 /* Subprogram Entities
3757 The following access functions are defined for subprograms (functions
3760 First_Formal The first formal parameter.
3761 Is_Imported Indicates that the subprogram has appeared in
3762 an INTERFACE or IMPORT pragma. For now we
3763 assume that the external language is C.
3764 Is_Exported Likewise but for an EXPORT pragma.
3765 Is_Inlined True if the subprogram is to be inlined.
3767 In addition for function subprograms we have:
3769 Etype Return type of the function.
3771 Each parameter is first checked by calling must_pass_by_ref on its
3772 type to determine if it is passed by reference. For parameters which
3773 are copied in, if they are Ada In Out or Out parameters, their return
3774 value becomes part of a record which becomes the return type of the
3775 function (C function - note that this applies only to Ada procedures
3776 so there is no Ada return type). Additional code to store back the
3777 parameters will be generated on the caller side. This transformation
3778 is done here, not in the front-end.
3780 The intended result of the transformation can be seen from the
3781 equivalent source rewritings that follow:
3783 struct temp {int a,b};
3784 procedure P (A,B: In Out ...) is temp P (int A,B)
3787 end P; return {A,B};
3794 For subprogram types we need to perform mainly the same conversions to
3795 GCC form that are needed for procedures and function declarations. The
3796 only difference is that at the end, we make a type declaration instead
3797 of a function declaration. */
3799 case E_Subprogram_Type:
3803 /* The first GCC parameter declaration (a PARM_DECL node). The
3804 PARM_DECL nodes are chained through the TREE_CHAIN field, so this
3805 actually is the head of this parameter list. */
3806 tree gnu_param_list = NULL_TREE;
3807 /* Likewise for the stub associated with an exported procedure. */
3808 tree gnu_stub_param_list = NULL_TREE;
3809 /* The type returned by a function. If the subprogram is a procedure
3810 this type should be void_type_node. */
3811 tree gnu_return_type = void_type_node;
3812 /* List of fields in return type of procedure with copy-in copy-out
3814 tree gnu_field_list = NULL_TREE;
3815 /* Non-null for subprograms containing parameters passed by copy-in
3816 copy-out (Ada In Out or Out parameters not passed by reference),
3817 in which case it is the list of nodes used to specify the values
3818 of the In Out/Out parameters that are returned as a record upon
3819 procedure return. The TREE_PURPOSE of an element of this list is
3820 a field of the record and the TREE_VALUE is the PARM_DECL
3821 corresponding to that field. This list will be saved in the
3822 TYPE_CI_CO_LIST field of the FUNCTION_TYPE node we create. */
3823 tree gnu_cico_list = NULL_TREE;
3824 /* If an import pragma asks to map this subprogram to a GCC builtin,
3825 this is the builtin DECL node. */
3826 tree gnu_builtin_decl = NULL_TREE;
3827 /* For the stub associated with an exported procedure. */
3828 tree gnu_stub_type = NULL_TREE, gnu_stub_name = NULL_TREE;
3829 tree gnu_ext_name = create_concat_name (gnat_entity, NULL);
3830 Entity_Id gnat_param;
3831 bool inline_flag = Is_Inlined (gnat_entity);
3832 bool public_flag = Is_Public (gnat_entity) || imported_p;
3834 = (Is_Public (gnat_entity) && !definition) || imported_p;
3836 /* The semantics of "pure" in Ada essentially matches that of "const"
3837 in the back-end. In particular, both properties are orthogonal to
3838 the "nothrow" property if the EH circuitry is explicit in the
3839 internal representation of the back-end. If we are to completely
3840 hide the EH circuitry from it, we need to declare that calls to pure
3841 Ada subprograms that can throw have side effects since they can
3842 trigger an "abnormal" transfer of control flow; thus they can be
3843 neither "const" nor "pure" in the back-end sense. */
3845 = (Exception_Mechanism == Back_End_Exceptions
3846 && Is_Pure (gnat_entity));
3848 bool volatile_flag = No_Return (gnat_entity);
3849 bool return_by_direct_ref_p = false;
3850 bool return_by_invisi_ref_p = false;
3851 bool return_unconstrained_p = false;
3852 bool has_copy_in_out = false;
3853 bool has_stub = false;
3856 /* A parameter may refer to this type, so defer completion of any
3857 incomplete types. */
3858 if (kind == E_Subprogram_Type && !definition)
3860 defer_incomplete_level++;
3861 this_deferred = true;
3864 /* If the subprogram has an alias, it is probably inherited, so
3865 we can use the original one. If the original "subprogram"
3866 is actually an enumeration literal, it may be the first use
3867 of its type, so we must elaborate that type now. */
3868 if (Present (Alias (gnat_entity)))
3870 if (Ekind (Alias (gnat_entity)) == E_Enumeration_Literal)
3871 gnat_to_gnu_entity (Etype (Alias (gnat_entity)), NULL_TREE, 0);
3873 gnu_decl = gnat_to_gnu_entity (Alias (gnat_entity),
3876 /* Elaborate any Itypes in the parameters of this entity. */
3877 for (gnat_temp = First_Formal_With_Extras (gnat_entity);
3878 Present (gnat_temp);
3879 gnat_temp = Next_Formal_With_Extras (gnat_temp))
3880 if (Is_Itype (Etype (gnat_temp)))
3881 gnat_to_gnu_entity (Etype (gnat_temp), NULL_TREE, 0);
3886 /* If this subprogram is expectedly bound to a GCC builtin, fetch the
3887 corresponding DECL node.
3889 We still want the parameter associations to take place because the
3890 proper generation of calls depends on it (a GNAT parameter without
3891 a corresponding GCC tree has a very specific meaning), so we don't
3893 if (Convention (gnat_entity) == Convention_Intrinsic)
3894 gnu_builtin_decl = builtin_decl_for (gnu_ext_name);
3896 /* ??? What if we don't find the builtin node above ? warn ? err ?
3897 In the current state we neither warn nor err, and calls will just
3898 be handled as for regular subprograms. */
3900 if (kind == E_Function || kind == E_Subprogram_Type)
3901 gnu_return_type = gnat_to_gnu_type (Etype (gnat_entity));
3903 /* If this function returns by reference, make the actual return
3904 type of this function the pointer and mark the decl. */
3905 if (Returns_By_Ref (gnat_entity))
3907 gnu_return_type = build_pointer_type (gnu_return_type);
3908 return_by_direct_ref_p = true;
3911 /* If the Mechanism is By_Reference, ensure this function uses the
3912 target's by-invisible-reference mechanism, which may not be the
3913 same as above (e.g. it might be passing an extra parameter).
3915 Prior to GCC 4, this was handled by just setting TREE_ADDRESSABLE
3916 on the result type. Everything required to pass by invisible
3917 reference using the target's mechanism (e.g. an extra parameter)
3918 was handled at RTL expansion time.
3920 This doesn't work with GCC 4 any more for several reasons. First,
3921 the gimplification process might need to create temporaries of this
3922 type and the gimplifier ICEs on such attempts; that's why the flag
3923 is now set on the function type instead. Second, the middle-end
3924 now also relies on a different attribute, DECL_BY_REFERENCE on the
3925 RESULT_DECL, and expects the by-invisible-reference-ness to be made
3926 explicit in the function body. */
3927 else if (kind == E_Function && Mechanism (gnat_entity) == By_Reference)
3928 return_by_invisi_ref_p = true;
3930 /* If we are supposed to return an unconstrained array, actually return
3931 a fat pointer and make a note of that. */
3932 else if (TREE_CODE (gnu_return_type) == UNCONSTRAINED_ARRAY_TYPE)
3934 gnu_return_type = TREE_TYPE (gnu_return_type);
3935 return_unconstrained_p = true;
3938 /* If the type requires a transient scope, the result is allocated
3939 on the secondary stack, so the result type of the function is
3941 else if (Requires_Transient_Scope (Etype (gnat_entity)))
3943 gnu_return_type = build_pointer_type (gnu_return_type);
3944 return_unconstrained_p = true;
3947 /* If the type is a padded type and the underlying type would not
3948 be passed by reference or this function has a foreign convention,
3949 return the underlying type. */
3950 else if (TYPE_IS_PADDING_P (gnu_return_type)
3951 && (!default_pass_by_ref (TREE_TYPE
3952 (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_return_type)))
3953 || Has_Foreign_Convention (gnat_entity)))
3954 gnu_return_type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_return_type));
3956 /* If the return type is unconstrained, that means it must have a
3957 maximum size. Use the padded type as the effective return type.
3958 And ensure the function uses the target's by-invisible-reference
3959 mechanism to avoid copying too much data when it returns. */
3960 if (CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_return_type)))
3963 = maybe_pad_type (gnu_return_type,
3964 max_size (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_return_type), true),
3965 0, gnat_entity, false, false, false, true);
3966 return_by_invisi_ref_p = true;
3969 /* If the return type has a size that overflows, we cannot have
3970 a function that returns that type. This usage doesn't make
3971 sense anyway, so give an error here. */
3972 if (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_return_type)
3973 && TREE_CONSTANT (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_return_type))
3974 && TREE_OVERFLOW (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_return_type)))
3976 post_error ("cannot return type whose size overflows",
3978 gnu_return_type = copy_node (gnu_return_type);
3979 TYPE_SIZE (gnu_return_type) = bitsize_zero_node;
3980 TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_return_type) = size_zero_node;
3981 TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (gnu_return_type) = gnu_return_type;
3982 TYPE_NEXT_VARIANT (gnu_return_type) = NULL_TREE;
3985 /* Look at all our parameters and get the type of
3986 each. While doing this, build a copy-out structure if
3989 /* Loop over the parameters and get their associated GCC tree.
3990 While doing this, build a copy-out structure if we need one. */
3991 for (gnat_param = First_Formal_With_Extras (gnat_entity), parmnum = 0;
3992 Present (gnat_param);
3993 gnat_param = Next_Formal_With_Extras (gnat_param), parmnum++)
3995 tree gnu_param_name = get_entity_name (gnat_param);
3996 tree gnu_param_type = gnat_to_gnu_type (Etype (gnat_param));
3997 tree gnu_param, gnu_field;
3998 bool copy_in_copy_out = false;
3999 Mechanism_Type mech = Mechanism (gnat_param);
4001 /* Builtins are expanded inline and there is no real call sequence
4002 involved. So the type expected by the underlying expander is
4003 always the type of each argument "as is". */
4004 if (gnu_builtin_decl)
4006 /* Handle the first parameter of a valued procedure specially. */
4007 else if (Is_Valued_Procedure (gnat_entity) && parmnum == 0)
4008 mech = By_Copy_Return;
4009 /* Otherwise, see if a Mechanism was supplied that forced this
4010 parameter to be passed one way or another. */
4011 else if (mech == Default
4012 || mech == By_Copy || mech == By_Reference)
4014 else if (By_Descriptor_Last <= mech && mech <= By_Descriptor)
4015 mech = By_Descriptor;
4017 else if (By_Short_Descriptor_Last <= mech &&
4018 mech <= By_Short_Descriptor)
4019 mech = By_Short_Descriptor;
4023 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_param_type) == UNCONSTRAINED_ARRAY_TYPE
4024 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_param_type)) != INTEGER_CST
4025 || 0 < compare_tree_int (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_param_type),
4027 mech = By_Reference;
4033 post_error ("unsupported mechanism for&", gnat_param);
4038 = gnat_to_gnu_param (gnat_param, mech, gnat_entity,
4039 Has_Foreign_Convention (gnat_entity),
4042 /* We are returned either a PARM_DECL or a type if no parameter
4043 needs to be passed; in either case, adjust the type. */
4044 if (DECL_P (gnu_param))
4045 gnu_param_type = TREE_TYPE (gnu_param);
4048 gnu_param_type = gnu_param;
4049 gnu_param = NULL_TREE;
4054 /* If it's an exported subprogram, we build a parameter list
4055 in parallel, in case we need to emit a stub for it. */
4056 if (Is_Exported (gnat_entity))
4059 = chainon (gnu_param, gnu_stub_param_list);
4060 /* Change By_Descriptor parameter to By_Reference for
4061 the internal version of an exported subprogram. */
4062 if (mech == By_Descriptor || mech == By_Short_Descriptor)
4065 = gnat_to_gnu_param (gnat_param, By_Reference,
4071 gnu_param = copy_node (gnu_param);
4074 gnu_param_list = chainon (gnu_param, gnu_param_list);
4075 Sloc_to_locus (Sloc (gnat_param),
4076 &DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (gnu_param));
4077 save_gnu_tree (gnat_param, gnu_param, false);
4079 /* If a parameter is a pointer, this function may modify
4080 memory through it and thus shouldn't be considered
4081 a const function. Also, the memory may be modified
4082 between two calls, so they can't be CSE'ed. The latter
4083 case also handles by-ref parameters. */
4084 if (POINTER_TYPE_P (gnu_param_type)
4085 || TYPE_IS_FAT_POINTER_P (gnu_param_type))
4089 if (copy_in_copy_out)
4091 if (!has_copy_in_out)
4093 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (gnu_return_type) == VOID_TYPE);
4094 gnu_return_type = make_node (RECORD_TYPE);
4095 TYPE_NAME (gnu_return_type) = get_identifier ("RETURN");
4096 /* Set a default alignment to speed up accesses. */
4097 TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_return_type)
4098 = get_mode_alignment (ptr_mode);
4099 has_copy_in_out = true;
4102 gnu_field = create_field_decl (gnu_param_name, gnu_param_type,
4103 gnu_return_type, 0, 0, 0, 0);
4104 Sloc_to_locus (Sloc (gnat_param),
4105 &DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (gnu_field));
4106 TREE_CHAIN (gnu_field) = gnu_field_list;
4107 gnu_field_list = gnu_field;
4109 = tree_cons (gnu_field, gnu_param, gnu_cico_list);
4113 /* Do not compute record for out parameters if subprogram is
4114 stubbed since structures are incomplete for the back-end. */
4115 if (gnu_field_list && Convention (gnat_entity) != Convention_Stubbed)
4116 finish_record_type (gnu_return_type, nreverse (gnu_field_list),
4119 /* If we have a CICO list but it has only one entry, we convert
4120 this function into a function that simply returns that one
4122 if (list_length (gnu_cico_list) == 1)
4123 gnu_return_type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_PURPOSE (gnu_cico_list));
4125 if (Has_Stdcall_Convention (gnat_entity))
4126 prepend_one_attribute_to
4127 (&attr_list, ATTR_MACHINE_ATTRIBUTE,
4128 get_identifier ("stdcall"), NULL_TREE,
4131 /* If we are on a target where stack realignment is needed for 'main'
4132 to honor GCC's implicit expectations (stack alignment greater than
4133 what the base ABI guarantees), ensure we do the same for foreign
4134 convention subprograms as they might be used as callbacks from code
4135 breaking such expectations. Note that this applies to task entry
4136 points in particular. */
4137 if (FORCE_PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY_IN_MAIN
4138 && Has_Foreign_Convention (gnat_entity))
4139 prepend_one_attribute_to
4140 (&attr_list, ATTR_MACHINE_ATTRIBUTE,
4141 get_identifier ("force_align_arg_pointer"), NULL_TREE,
4144 /* The lists have been built in reverse. */
4145 gnu_param_list = nreverse (gnu_param_list);
4147 gnu_stub_param_list = nreverse (gnu_stub_param_list);
4148 gnu_cico_list = nreverse (gnu_cico_list);
4150 if (Ekind (gnat_entity) == E_Function)
4151 Set_Mechanism (gnat_entity, return_unconstrained_p
4152 || return_by_direct_ref_p
4153 || return_by_invisi_ref_p
4154 ? By_Reference : By_Copy);
4156 = create_subprog_type (gnu_return_type, gnu_param_list,
4157 gnu_cico_list, return_unconstrained_p,
4158 return_by_direct_ref_p,
4159 return_by_invisi_ref_p);
4163 = create_subprog_type (gnu_return_type, gnu_stub_param_list,
4164 gnu_cico_list, return_unconstrained_p,
4165 return_by_direct_ref_p,
4166 return_by_invisi_ref_p);
4168 /* A subprogram (something that doesn't return anything) shouldn't
4169 be considered const since there would be no reason for such a
4170 subprogram. Note that procedures with Out (or In Out) parameters
4171 have already been converted into a function with a return type. */
4172 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_return_type) == VOID_TYPE)
4176 = build_qualified_type (gnu_type,
4177 TYPE_QUALS (gnu_type)
4178 | (TYPE_QUAL_CONST * const_flag)
4179 | (TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE * volatile_flag));
4183 = build_qualified_type (gnu_stub_type,
4184 TYPE_QUALS (gnu_stub_type)
4185 | (TYPE_QUAL_CONST * const_flag)
4186 | (TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE * volatile_flag));
4188 /* If we have a builtin decl for that function, check the signatures
4189 compatibilities. If the signatures are compatible, use the builtin
4190 decl. If they are not, we expect the checker predicate to have
4191 posted the appropriate errors, and just continue with what we have
4193 if (gnu_builtin_decl)
4195 tree gnu_builtin_type = TREE_TYPE (gnu_builtin_decl);
4197 if (compatible_signatures_p (gnu_type, gnu_builtin_type))
4199 gnu_decl = gnu_builtin_decl;
4200 gnu_type = gnu_builtin_type;
4205 /* If there was no specified Interface_Name and the external and
4206 internal names of the subprogram are the same, only use the
4207 internal name to allow disambiguation of nested subprograms. */
4208 if (No (Interface_Name (gnat_entity))
4209 && gnu_ext_name == gnu_entity_name)
4210 gnu_ext_name = NULL_TREE;
4212 /* If we are defining the subprogram and it has an Address clause
4213 we must get the address expression from the saved GCC tree for the
4214 subprogram if it has a Freeze_Node. Otherwise, we elaborate
4215 the address expression here since the front-end has guaranteed
4216 in that case that the elaboration has no effects. If there is
4217 an Address clause and we are not defining the object, just
4218 make it a constant. */
4219 if (Present (Address_Clause (gnat_entity)))
4221 tree gnu_address = NULL_TREE;
4225 = (present_gnu_tree (gnat_entity)
4226 ? get_gnu_tree (gnat_entity)
4227 : gnat_to_gnu (Expression (Address_Clause (gnat_entity))));
4229 save_gnu_tree (gnat_entity, NULL_TREE, false);
4231 /* Convert the type of the object to a reference type that can
4232 alias everything as per 13.3(19). */
4234 = build_reference_type_for_mode (gnu_type, ptr_mode, true);
4236 gnu_address = convert (gnu_type, gnu_address);
4239 = create_var_decl (gnu_entity_name, gnu_ext_name, gnu_type,
4240 gnu_address, false, Is_Public (gnat_entity),
4241 extern_flag, false, NULL, gnat_entity);
4242 DECL_BY_REF_P (gnu_decl) = 1;
4245 else if (kind == E_Subprogram_Type)
4246 gnu_decl = create_type_decl (gnu_entity_name, gnu_type, attr_list,
4247 !Comes_From_Source (gnat_entity),
4248 debug_info_p, gnat_entity);
4253 gnu_stub_name = gnu_ext_name;
4254 gnu_ext_name = create_concat_name (gnat_entity, "internal");
4255 public_flag = false;
4258 gnu_decl = create_subprog_decl (gnu_entity_name, gnu_ext_name,
4259 gnu_type, gnu_param_list,
4260 inline_flag, public_flag,
4261 extern_flag, attr_list,
4266 = create_subprog_decl (gnu_entity_name, gnu_stub_name,
4267 gnu_stub_type, gnu_stub_param_list,
4269 extern_flag, attr_list,
4271 SET_DECL_FUNCTION_STUB (gnu_decl, gnu_stub_decl);
4274 /* This is unrelated to the stub built right above. */
4275 DECL_STUBBED_P (gnu_decl)
4276 = Convention (gnat_entity) == Convention_Stubbed;
4281 case E_Incomplete_Type:
4282 case E_Incomplete_Subtype:
4283 case E_Private_Type:
4284 case E_Private_Subtype:
4285 case E_Limited_Private_Type:
4286 case E_Limited_Private_Subtype:
4287 case E_Record_Type_With_Private:
4288 case E_Record_Subtype_With_Private:
4290 /* Get the "full view" of this entity. If this is an incomplete
4291 entity from a limited with, treat its non-limited view as the
4292 full view. Otherwise, use either the full view or the underlying
4293 full view, whichever is present. This is used in all the tests
4296 = (IN (Ekind (gnat_entity), Incomplete_Kind)
4297 && From_With_Type (gnat_entity))
4298 ? Non_Limited_View (gnat_entity)
4299 : Present (Full_View (gnat_entity))
4300 ? Full_View (gnat_entity)
4301 : Underlying_Full_View (gnat_entity);
4303 /* If this is an incomplete type with no full view, it must be a Taft
4304 Amendment type, in which case we return a dummy type. Otherwise,
4305 just get the type from its Etype. */
4308 if (kind == E_Incomplete_Type)
4310 gnu_type = make_dummy_type (gnat_entity);
4311 gnu_decl = TYPE_STUB_DECL (gnu_type);
4315 gnu_decl = gnat_to_gnu_entity (Etype (gnat_entity),
4317 maybe_present = true;
4322 /* If we already made a type for the full view, reuse it. */
4323 else if (present_gnu_tree (full_view))
4325 gnu_decl = get_gnu_tree (full_view);
4329 /* Otherwise, if we are not defining the type now, get the type
4330 from the full view. But always get the type from the full view
4331 for define on use types, since otherwise we won't see them! */
4332 else if (!definition
4333 || (Is_Itype (full_view)
4334 && No (Freeze_Node (gnat_entity)))
4335 || (Is_Itype (gnat_entity)
4336 && No (Freeze_Node (full_view))))
4338 gnu_decl = gnat_to_gnu_entity (full_view, NULL_TREE, 0);
4339 maybe_present = true;
4343 /* For incomplete types, make a dummy type entry which will be
4344 replaced later. Save it as the full declaration's type so
4345 we can do any needed updates when we see it. */
4346 gnu_type = make_dummy_type (gnat_entity);
4347 gnu_decl = TYPE_STUB_DECL (gnu_type);
4348 save_gnu_tree (full_view, gnu_decl, 0);
4352 case E_Class_Wide_Type:
4353 /* Class-wide types are always transformed into their root type. */
4354 gnu_decl = gnat_to_gnu_entity (gnat_equiv_type, NULL_TREE, 0);
4355 maybe_present = true;
4359 case E_Task_Subtype:
4360 case E_Protected_Type:
4361 case E_Protected_Subtype:
4362 if (type_annotate_only && No (gnat_equiv_type))
4363 gnu_type = void_type_node;
4365 gnu_type = gnat_to_gnu_type (gnat_equiv_type);
4367 maybe_present = true;
4371 gnu_decl = create_label_decl (gnu_entity_name);
4376 /* Nothing at all to do here, so just return an ERROR_MARK and claim
4377 we've already saved it, so we don't try to. */
4378 gnu_decl = error_mark_node;
4386 /* If we had a case where we evaluated another type and it might have
4387 defined this one, handle it here. */
4388 if (maybe_present && present_gnu_tree (gnat_entity))
4390 gnu_decl = get_gnu_tree (gnat_entity);
4394 /* If we are processing a type and there is either no decl for it or
4395 we just made one, do some common processing for the type, such as
4396 handling alignment and possible padding. */
4397 if (is_type && (!gnu_decl || this_made_decl))
4399 /* Tell the middle-end that objects of tagged types are guaranteed to
4400 be properly aligned. This is necessary because conversions to the
4401 class-wide type are translated into conversions to the root type,
4402 which can be less aligned than some of its derived types. */
4403 if (Is_Tagged_Type (gnat_entity)
4404 || Is_Class_Wide_Equivalent_Type (gnat_entity))
4405 TYPE_ALIGN_OK (gnu_type) = 1;
4407 /* If the type is passed by reference, objects of this type must be
4408 fully addressable and cannot be copied. */
4409 if (Is_By_Reference_Type (gnat_entity))
4410 TREE_ADDRESSABLE (gnu_type) = 1;
4412 /* ??? Don't set the size for a String_Literal since it is either
4413 confirming or we don't handle it properly (if the low bound is
4415 if (!gnu_size && kind != E_String_Literal_Subtype)
4416 gnu_size = validate_size (Esize (gnat_entity), gnu_type, gnat_entity,
4418 Has_Size_Clause (gnat_entity));
4420 /* If a size was specified, see if we can make a new type of that size
4421 by rearranging the type, for example from a fat to a thin pointer. */
4425 = make_type_from_size (gnu_type, gnu_size,
4426 Has_Biased_Representation (gnat_entity));
4428 if (operand_equal_p (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type), gnu_size, 0)
4429 && operand_equal_p (rm_size (gnu_type), gnu_size, 0))
4433 /* If the alignment hasn't already been processed and this is
4434 not an unconstrained array, see if an alignment is specified.
4435 If not, we pick a default alignment for atomic objects. */
4436 if (align != 0 || TREE_CODE (gnu_type) == UNCONSTRAINED_ARRAY_TYPE)
4438 else if (Known_Alignment (gnat_entity))
4440 align = validate_alignment (Alignment (gnat_entity), gnat_entity,
4441 TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_type));
4443 /* Warn on suspiciously large alignments. This should catch
4444 errors about the (alignment,byte)/(size,bit) discrepancy. */
4445 if (align > BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT && Has_Alignment_Clause (gnat_entity))
4449 /* If a size was specified, take it into account. Otherwise
4450 use the RM size for records as the type size has already
4451 been adjusted to the alignment. */
4454 else if ((TREE_CODE (gnu_type) == RECORD_TYPE
4455 || TREE_CODE (gnu_type) == UNION_TYPE
4456 || TREE_CODE (gnu_type) == QUAL_UNION_TYPE)
4457 && !TYPE_FAT_POINTER_P (gnu_type))
4458 size = rm_size (gnu_type);
4460 size = TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type);
4462 /* Consider an alignment as suspicious if the alignment/size
4463 ratio is greater or equal to the byte/bit ratio. */
4464 if (host_integerp (size, 1)
4465 && align >= TREE_INT_CST_LOW (size) * BITS_PER_UNIT)
4466 post_error_ne ("?suspiciously large alignment specified for&",
4467 Expression (Alignment_Clause (gnat_entity)),
4471 else if (Is_Atomic (gnat_entity) && !gnu_size
4472 && host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type), 1)
4473 && integer_pow2p (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type)))
4474 align = MIN (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT,
4475 tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type), 1));
4476 else if (Is_Atomic (gnat_entity) && gnu_size
4477 && host_integerp (gnu_size, 1)
4478 && integer_pow2p (gnu_size))
4479 align = MIN (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT, tree_low_cst (gnu_size, 1));
4481 /* See if we need to pad the type. If we did, and made a record,
4482 the name of the new type may be changed. So get it back for
4483 us when we make the new TYPE_DECL below. */
4484 if (gnu_size || align > 0)
4485 gnu_type = maybe_pad_type (gnu_type, gnu_size, align, gnat_entity,
4486 false, !gnu_decl, definition, false);
4488 if (TYPE_IS_PADDING_P (gnu_type))
4490 gnu_entity_name = TYPE_NAME (gnu_type);
4491 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_entity_name) == TYPE_DECL)
4492 gnu_entity_name = DECL_NAME (gnu_entity_name);
4495 set_rm_size (RM_Size (gnat_entity), gnu_type, gnat_entity);
4497 /* If we are at global level, GCC will have applied variable_size to
4498 the type, but that won't have done anything. So, if it's not
4499 a constant or self-referential, call elaborate_expression_1 to
4500 make a variable for the size rather than calculating it each time.
4501 Handle both the RM size and the actual size. */
4502 if (global_bindings_p ()
4503 && TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type)
4504 && !TREE_CONSTANT (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type))
4505 && !CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type)))
4507 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_type) == RECORD_TYPE
4508 && operand_equal_p (TYPE_ADA_SIZE (gnu_type),
4509 TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type), 0))
4511 TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type)
4512 = elaborate_expression_1 (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type),
4513 gnat_entity, get_identifier ("SIZE"),
4515 SET_TYPE_ADA_SIZE (gnu_type, TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type));
4519 TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type)
4520 = elaborate_expression_1 (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type),
4521 gnat_entity, get_identifier ("SIZE"),
4524 /* ??? For now, store the size as a multiple of the alignment
4525 in bytes so that we can see the alignment from the tree. */
4526 TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_type)
4528 (MULT_EXPR, sizetype,
4529 elaborate_expression_1
4530 (build_binary_op (EXACT_DIV_EXPR, sizetype,
4531 TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_type),
4532 size_int (TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_type)
4534 gnat_entity, get_identifier ("SIZE_A_UNIT"),
4536 size_int (TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_type) / BITS_PER_UNIT));
4538 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_type) == RECORD_TYPE)
4541 elaborate_expression_1 (TYPE_ADA_SIZE (gnu_type),
4543 get_identifier ("RM_SIZE"),
4544 definition, false));
4548 /* If this is a record type or subtype, call elaborate_expression_1 on
4549 any field position. Do this for both global and local types.
4550 Skip any fields that we haven't made trees for to avoid problems with
4551 class wide types. */
4552 if (IN (kind, Record_Kind))
4553 for (gnat_temp = First_Entity (gnat_entity); Present (gnat_temp);
4554 gnat_temp = Next_Entity (gnat_temp))
4555 if (Ekind (gnat_temp) == E_Component && present_gnu_tree (gnat_temp))
4557 tree gnu_field = get_gnu_tree (gnat_temp);
4559 /* ??? Unfortunately, GCC needs to be able to prove the
4560 alignment of this offset and if it's a variable, it can't.
4561 In GCC 3.4, we'll use DECL_OFFSET_ALIGN in some way, but
4562 right now, we have to put in an explicit multiply and
4563 divide by that value. */
4564 if (!CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (DECL_FIELD_OFFSET (gnu_field)))
4566 DECL_FIELD_OFFSET (gnu_field)
4568 (MULT_EXPR, sizetype,
4569 elaborate_expression_1
4570 (build_binary_op (EXACT_DIV_EXPR, sizetype,
4571 DECL_FIELD_OFFSET (gnu_field),
4572 size_int (DECL_OFFSET_ALIGN (gnu_field)
4574 gnat_temp, get_identifier ("OFFSET"),
4576 size_int (DECL_OFFSET_ALIGN (gnu_field) / BITS_PER_UNIT));
4578 /* ??? The context of gnu_field is not necessarily gnu_type so
4579 the MULT_EXPR node built above may not be marked by the call
4580 to create_type_decl below. */
4581 if (global_bindings_p ())
4582 MARK_VISITED (DECL_FIELD_OFFSET (gnu_field));
4586 if (Treat_As_Volatile (gnat_entity))
4588 = build_qualified_type (gnu_type,
4589 TYPE_QUALS (gnu_type) | TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE);
4591 if (Is_Atomic (gnat_entity))
4592 check_ok_for_atomic (gnu_type, gnat_entity, false);
4594 if (Present (Alignment_Clause (gnat_entity)))
4595 TYPE_USER_ALIGN (gnu_type) = 1;
4597 if (Universal_Aliasing (gnat_entity))
4598 TYPE_UNIVERSAL_ALIASING_P (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (gnu_type)) = 1;
4601 gnu_decl = create_type_decl (gnu_entity_name, gnu_type, attr_list,
4602 !Comes_From_Source (gnat_entity),
4603 debug_info_p, gnat_entity);
4606 TREE_TYPE (gnu_decl) = gnu_type;
4607 TYPE_STUB_DECL (gnu_type) = gnu_decl;
4611 if (is_type && !TYPE_IS_DUMMY_P (TREE_TYPE (gnu_decl)))
4613 gnu_type = TREE_TYPE (gnu_decl);
4615 /* If this is a derived type, relate its alias set to that of its parent
4616 to avoid troubles when a call to an inherited primitive is inlined in
4617 a context where a derived object is accessed. The inlined code works
4618 on the parent view so the resulting code may access the same object
4619 using both the parent and the derived alias sets, which thus have to
4620 conflict. As the same issue arises with component references, the
4621 parent alias set also has to conflict with composite types enclosing
4622 derived components. For instance, if we have:
4629 we want T to conflict with both D and R, in addition to R being a
4630 superset of D by record/component construction.
4632 One way to achieve this is to perform an alias set copy from the
4633 parent to the derived type. This is not quite appropriate, though,
4634 as we don't want separate derived types to conflict with each other:
4636 type I1 is new Integer;
4637 type I2 is new Integer;
4639 We want I1 and I2 to both conflict with Integer but we do not want
4640 I1 to conflict with I2, and an alias set copy on derivation would
4643 The option chosen is to make the alias set of the derived type a
4644 superset of that of its parent type. It trivially fulfills the
4645 simple requirement for the Integer derivation example above, and
4646 the component case as well by superset transitivity:
4649 R ----------> D ----------> T
4651 However, for composite types, conversions between derived types are
4652 translated into VIEW_CONVERT_EXPRs so a sequence like:
4654 type Comp1 is new Comp;
4655 type Comp2 is new Comp;
4656 procedure Proc (C : Comp1);
4664 Proc ((Comp1 &) &VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR <Comp1> (C));
4666 and gimplified into:
4673 i.e. generates code involving type punning. Therefore, Comp1 needs
4674 to conflict with Comp2 and an alias set copy is required.
4676 The language rules ensure the parent type is already frozen here. */
4677 if (Is_Derived_Type (gnat_entity))
4679 tree gnu_parent_type = gnat_to_gnu_type (Etype (gnat_entity));
4680 relate_alias_sets (gnu_type, gnu_parent_type,
4681 Is_Composite_Type (gnat_entity)
4682 ? ALIAS_SET_COPY : ALIAS_SET_SUPERSET);
4685 /* Back-annotate the Alignment of the type if not already in the
4686 tree. Likewise for sizes. */
4687 if (Unknown_Alignment (gnat_entity))
4689 unsigned int double_align, align;
4690 bool is_capped_double, align_clause;
4692 /* If the default alignment of "double" or larger scalar types is
4693 specifically capped and this is not an array with an alignment
4694 clause on the component type, return the cap. */
4695 if ((double_align = double_float_alignment) > 0)
4697 = is_double_float_or_array (gnat_entity, &align_clause);
4698 else if ((double_align = double_scalar_alignment) > 0)
4700 = is_double_scalar_or_array (gnat_entity, &align_clause);
4702 is_capped_double = align_clause = false;
4704 if (is_capped_double && !align_clause)
4705 align = double_align;
4707 align = TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_type) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
4709 Set_Alignment (gnat_entity, UI_From_Int (align));
4712 if (Unknown_Esize (gnat_entity) && TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type))
4714 tree gnu_size = TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type);
4716 /* If the size is self-referential, annotate the maximum value. */
4717 if (CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (gnu_size))
4718 gnu_size = max_size (gnu_size, true);
4720 if (type_annotate_only && Is_Tagged_Type (gnat_entity))
4722 /* In this mode, the tag and the parent components are not
4723 generated by the front-end so the sizes must be adjusted. */
4724 tree pointer_size = bitsize_int (POINTER_SIZE), offset;
4727 if (Is_Derived_Type (gnat_entity))
4729 offset = UI_To_gnu (Esize (Etype (Base_Type (gnat_entity))),
4731 Set_Alignment (gnat_entity,
4732 Alignment (Etype (Base_Type (gnat_entity))));
4735 offset = pointer_size;
4737 gnu_size = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, gnu_size, offset);
4738 gnu_size = size_binop (MULT_EXPR, pointer_size,
4739 size_binop (CEIL_DIV_EXPR,
4742 uint_size = annotate_value (gnu_size);
4743 Set_Esize (gnat_entity, uint_size);
4744 Set_RM_Size (gnat_entity, uint_size);
4747 Set_Esize (gnat_entity, annotate_value (gnu_size));
4750 if (Unknown_RM_Size (gnat_entity) && rm_size (gnu_type))
4751 Set_RM_Size (gnat_entity, annotate_value (rm_size (gnu_type)));
4754 if (!Comes_From_Source (gnat_entity) && DECL_P (gnu_decl))
4755 DECL_ARTIFICIAL (gnu_decl) = 1;
4757 if (!debug_info_p && DECL_P (gnu_decl)
4758 && TREE_CODE (gnu_decl) != FUNCTION_DECL
4759 && No (Renamed_Object (gnat_entity)))
4760 DECL_IGNORED_P (gnu_decl) = 1;
4762 /* If we haven't already, associate the ..._DECL node that we just made with
4763 the input GNAT entity node. */
4765 save_gnu_tree (gnat_entity, gnu_decl, false);
4767 /* If this is an enumeration or floating-point type, we were not able to set
4768 the bounds since they refer to the type. These are always static. */
4769 if ((kind == E_Enumeration_Type && Present (First_Literal (gnat_entity)))
4770 || (kind == E_Floating_Point_Type && !Vax_Float (gnat_entity)))
4772 tree gnu_scalar_type = gnu_type;
4773 tree gnu_low_bound, gnu_high_bound;
4775 /* If this is a padded type, we need to use the underlying type. */
4776 if (TYPE_IS_PADDING_P (gnu_scalar_type))
4777 gnu_scalar_type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_scalar_type));
4779 /* If this is a floating point type and we haven't set a floating
4780 point type yet, use this in the evaluation of the bounds. */
4781 if (!longest_float_type_node && kind == E_Floating_Point_Type)
4782 longest_float_type_node = gnu_scalar_type;
4784 gnu_low_bound = gnat_to_gnu (Type_Low_Bound (gnat_entity));
4785 gnu_high_bound = gnat_to_gnu (Type_High_Bound (gnat_entity));
4787 if (kind == E_Enumeration_Type)
4789 /* Enumeration types have specific RM bounds. */
4790 SET_TYPE_RM_MIN_VALUE (gnu_scalar_type, gnu_low_bound);
4791 SET_TYPE_RM_MAX_VALUE (gnu_scalar_type, gnu_high_bound);
4793 /* Write full debugging information. Since this has both a
4794 typedef and a tag, avoid outputting the name twice. */
4795 DECL_ARTIFICIAL (gnu_decl) = 1;
4796 rest_of_type_decl_compilation (gnu_decl);
4801 /* Floating-point types don't have specific RM bounds. */
4802 TYPE_GCC_MIN_VALUE (gnu_scalar_type) = gnu_low_bound;
4803 TYPE_GCC_MAX_VALUE (gnu_scalar_type) = gnu_high_bound;
4807 /* If we deferred processing of incomplete types, re-enable it. If there
4808 were no other disables and we have some to process, do so. */
4809 if (this_deferred && --defer_incomplete_level == 0)
4811 if (defer_incomplete_list)
4813 struct incomplete *incp, *next;
4815 /* We are back to level 0 for the deferring of incomplete types.
4816 But processing these incomplete types below may itself require
4817 deferring, so preserve what we have and restart from scratch. */
4818 incp = defer_incomplete_list;
4819 defer_incomplete_list = NULL;
4821 /* For finalization, however, all types must be complete so we
4822 cannot do the same because deferred incomplete types may end up
4823 referencing each other. Process them all recursively first. */
4824 defer_finalize_level++;
4826 for (; incp; incp = next)
4831 update_pointer_to (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (incp->old_type),
4832 gnat_to_gnu_type (incp->full_type));
4836 defer_finalize_level--;
4839 /* All the deferred incomplete types have been processed so we can
4840 now proceed with the finalization of the deferred types. */
4841 if (defer_finalize_level == 0 && defer_finalize_list)
4846 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (tree, defer_finalize_list, i, t); i++)
4847 rest_of_type_decl_compilation_no_defer (t);
4849 VEC_free (tree, heap, defer_finalize_list);
4853 /* If we are not defining this type, see if it's in the incomplete list.
4854 If so, handle that list entry now. */
4855 else if (!definition)
4857 struct incomplete *incp;
4859 for (incp = defer_incomplete_list; incp; incp = incp->next)
4860 if (incp->old_type && incp->full_type == gnat_entity)
4862 update_pointer_to (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (incp->old_type),
4863 TREE_TYPE (gnu_decl));
4864 incp->old_type = NULL_TREE;
4871 /* If this is a packed array type whose original array type is itself
4872 an Itype without freeze node, make sure the latter is processed. */
4873 if (Is_Packed_Array_Type (gnat_entity)
4874 && Is_Itype (Original_Array_Type (gnat_entity))
4875 && No (Freeze_Node (Original_Array_Type (gnat_entity)))
4876 && !present_gnu_tree (Original_Array_Type (gnat_entity)))
4877 gnat_to_gnu_entity (Original_Array_Type (gnat_entity), NULL_TREE, 0);
4882 /* Similar, but if the returned value is a COMPONENT_REF, return the
4886 gnat_to_gnu_field_decl (Entity_Id gnat_entity)
4888 tree gnu_field = gnat_to_gnu_entity (gnat_entity, NULL_TREE, 0);
4890 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_field) == COMPONENT_REF)
4891 gnu_field = TREE_OPERAND (gnu_field, 1);
4896 /* Similar, but GNAT_ENTITY is assumed to refer to a GNAT type. Return
4897 the GCC type corresponding to that entity. */
4900 gnat_to_gnu_type (Entity_Id gnat_entity)
4904 /* The back end never attempts to annotate generic types. */
4905 if (Is_Generic_Type (gnat_entity) && type_annotate_only)
4906 return void_type_node;
4908 gnu_decl = gnat_to_gnu_entity (gnat_entity, NULL_TREE, 0);
4909 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (gnu_decl) == TYPE_DECL);
4911 return TREE_TYPE (gnu_decl);
4914 /* Similar, but GNAT_ENTITY is assumed to refer to a GNAT type. Return
4915 the unpadded version of the GCC type corresponding to that entity. */
4918 get_unpadded_type (Entity_Id gnat_entity)
4920 tree type = gnat_to_gnu_type (gnat_entity);
4922 if (TYPE_IS_PADDING_P (type))
4923 type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (type));
4928 /* Wrap up compilation of DECL, a TYPE_DECL, possibly deferring it.
4929 Every TYPE_DECL generated for a type definition must be passed
4930 to this function once everything else has been done for it. */
4933 rest_of_type_decl_compilation (tree decl)
4935 /* We need to defer finalizing the type if incomplete types
4936 are being deferred or if they are being processed. */
4937 if (defer_incomplete_level || defer_finalize_level)
4938 VEC_safe_push (tree, heap, defer_finalize_list, decl);
4940 rest_of_type_decl_compilation_no_defer (decl);
4943 /* Same as above but without deferring the compilation. This
4944 function should not be invoked directly on a TYPE_DECL. */
4947 rest_of_type_decl_compilation_no_defer (tree decl)
4949 const int toplev = global_bindings_p ();
4950 tree t = TREE_TYPE (decl);
4952 rest_of_decl_compilation (decl, toplev, 0);
4954 /* Now process all the variants. This is needed for STABS. */
4955 for (t = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (t); t; t = TYPE_NEXT_VARIANT (t))
4957 if (t == TREE_TYPE (decl))
4960 if (!TYPE_STUB_DECL (t))
4961 TYPE_STUB_DECL (t) = create_type_stub_decl (DECL_NAME (decl), t);
4963 rest_of_type_compilation (t, toplev);
4967 /* Finalize any From_With_Type incomplete types. We do this after processing
4968 our compilation unit and after processing its spec, if this is a body. */
4971 finalize_from_with_types (void)
4973 struct incomplete *incp = defer_limited_with;
4974 struct incomplete *next;
4976 defer_limited_with = 0;
4977 for (; incp; incp = next)
4981 if (incp->old_type != 0)
4982 update_pointer_to (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (incp->old_type),
4983 gnat_to_gnu_type (incp->full_type));
4988 /* Return the equivalent type to be used for GNAT_ENTITY, if it's a
4989 kind of type (such E_Task_Type) that has a different type which Gigi
4990 uses for its representation. If the type does not have a special type
4991 for its representation, return GNAT_ENTITY. If a type is supposed to
4992 exist, but does not, abort unless annotating types, in which case
4993 return Empty. If GNAT_ENTITY is Empty, return Empty. */
4996 Gigi_Equivalent_Type (Entity_Id gnat_entity)
4998 Entity_Id gnat_equiv = gnat_entity;
5000 if (No (gnat_entity))
5003 switch (Ekind (gnat_entity))
5005 case E_Class_Wide_Subtype:
5006 if (Present (Equivalent_Type (gnat_entity)))
5007 gnat_equiv = Equivalent_Type (gnat_entity);
5010 case E_Access_Protected_Subprogram_Type:
5011 case E_Anonymous_Access_Protected_Subprogram_Type:
5012 gnat_equiv = Equivalent_Type (gnat_entity);
5015 case E_Class_Wide_Type:
5016 gnat_equiv = Root_Type (gnat_entity);
5020 case E_Task_Subtype:
5021 case E_Protected_Type:
5022 case E_Protected_Subtype:
5023 gnat_equiv = Corresponding_Record_Type (gnat_entity);
5030 gcc_assert (Present (gnat_equiv) || type_annotate_only);
5034 /* Return a GCC tree for a type corresponding to the component type of the
5035 array type or subtype GNAT_ARRAY. DEFINITION is true if this component
5036 is for an array being defined. DEBUG_INFO_P is true if we need to write
5037 debug information for other types that we may create in the process. */
5040 gnat_to_gnu_component_type (Entity_Id gnat_array, bool definition,
5043 tree gnu_type = gnat_to_gnu_type (Component_Type (gnat_array));
5046 /* Try to get a smaller form of the component if needed. */
5047 if ((Is_Packed (gnat_array)
5048 || Has_Component_Size_Clause (gnat_array))
5049 && !Is_Bit_Packed_Array (gnat_array)
5050 && !Has_Aliased_Components (gnat_array)
5051 && !Strict_Alignment (Component_Type (gnat_array))
5052 && TREE_CODE (gnu_type) == RECORD_TYPE
5053 && !TYPE_FAT_POINTER_P (gnu_type)
5054 && host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type), 1))
5055 gnu_type = make_packable_type (gnu_type, false);
5057 if (Has_Atomic_Components (gnat_array))
5058 check_ok_for_atomic (gnu_type, gnat_array, true);
5060 /* Get and validate any specified Component_Size. */
5062 = validate_size (Component_Size (gnat_array), gnu_type, gnat_array,
5063 Is_Bit_Packed_Array (gnat_array) ? TYPE_DECL : VAR_DECL,
5064 true, Has_Component_Size_Clause (gnat_array));
5066 /* If the array has aliased components and the component size can be zero,
5067 force at least unit size to ensure that the components have distinct
5070 && Has_Aliased_Components (gnat_array)
5071 && (integer_zerop (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type))
5072 || (TREE_CODE (gnu_type) == ARRAY_TYPE
5073 && !TREE_CONSTANT (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type)))))
5075 = size_binop (MAX_EXPR, TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type), bitsize_unit_node);
5077 /* If the component type is a RECORD_TYPE that has a self-referential size,
5078 then use the maximum size for the component size. */
5080 && TREE_CODE (gnu_type) == RECORD_TYPE
5081 && CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type)))
5082 gnu_comp_size = max_size (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type), true);
5084 /* Honor the component size. This is not needed for bit-packed arrays. */
5085 if (gnu_comp_size && !Is_Bit_Packed_Array (gnat_array))
5087 tree orig_type = gnu_type;
5088 unsigned int max_align;
5090 /* If an alignment is specified, use it as a cap on the component type
5091 so that it can be honored for the whole type. But ignore it for the
5092 original type of packed array types. */
5093 if (No (Packed_Array_Type (gnat_array)) && Known_Alignment (gnat_array))
5094 max_align = validate_alignment (Alignment (gnat_array), gnat_array, 0);
5098 gnu_type = make_type_from_size (gnu_type, gnu_comp_size, false);
5099 if (max_align > 0 && TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_type) > max_align)
5100 gnu_type = orig_type;
5102 orig_type = gnu_type;
5104 gnu_type = maybe_pad_type (gnu_type, gnu_comp_size, 0, gnat_array,
5105 true, false, definition, true);
5107 /* If a padding record was made, declare it now since it will never be
5108 declared otherwise. This is necessary to ensure that its subtrees
5109 are properly marked. */
5110 if (gnu_type != orig_type && !DECL_P (TYPE_NAME (gnu_type)))
5111 create_type_decl (TYPE_NAME (gnu_type), gnu_type, NULL, true,
5112 debug_info_p, gnat_array);
5115 if (Has_Volatile_Components (Base_Type (gnat_array)))
5117 = build_qualified_type (gnu_type,
5118 TYPE_QUALS (gnu_type) | TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE);
5123 /* Return a GCC tree for a parameter corresponding to GNAT_PARAM and
5124 using MECH as its passing mechanism, to be placed in the parameter
5125 list built for GNAT_SUBPROG. Assume a foreign convention for the
5126 latter if FOREIGN is true. Also set CICO to true if the parameter
5127 must use the copy-in copy-out implementation mechanism.
5129 The returned tree is a PARM_DECL, except for those cases where no
5130 parameter needs to be actually passed to the subprogram; the type
5131 of this "shadow" parameter is then returned instead. */
5134 gnat_to_gnu_param (Entity_Id gnat_param, Mechanism_Type mech,
5135 Entity_Id gnat_subprog, bool foreign, bool *cico)
5137 tree gnu_param_name = get_entity_name (gnat_param);
5138 tree gnu_param_type = gnat_to_gnu_type (Etype (gnat_param));
5139 tree gnu_param_type_alt = NULL_TREE;
5140 bool in_param = (Ekind (gnat_param) == E_In_Parameter);
5141 /* The parameter can be indirectly modified if its address is taken. */
5142 bool ro_param = in_param && !Address_Taken (gnat_param);
5143 bool by_return = false, by_component_ptr = false, by_ref = false;
5146 /* Copy-return is used only for the first parameter of a valued procedure.
5147 It's a copy mechanism for which a parameter is never allocated. */
5148 if (mech == By_Copy_Return)
5150 gcc_assert (Ekind (gnat_param) == E_Out_Parameter);
5155 /* If this is either a foreign function or if the underlying type won't
5156 be passed by reference, strip off possible padding type. */
5157 if (TYPE_IS_PADDING_P (gnu_param_type))
5159 tree unpadded_type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_param_type));
5161 if (mech == By_Reference
5163 || (!must_pass_by_ref (unpadded_type)
5164 && (mech == By_Copy || !default_pass_by_ref (unpadded_type))))
5165 gnu_param_type = unpadded_type;
5168 /* If this is a read-only parameter, make a variant of the type that is
5169 read-only. ??? However, if this is an unconstrained array, that type
5170 can be very complex, so skip it for now. Likewise for any other
5171 self-referential type. */
5173 && TREE_CODE (gnu_param_type) != UNCONSTRAINED_ARRAY_TYPE
5174 && !CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_param_type)))
5175 gnu_param_type = build_qualified_type (gnu_param_type,
5176 (TYPE_QUALS (gnu_param_type)
5177 | TYPE_QUAL_CONST));
5179 /* For foreign conventions, pass arrays as pointers to the element type.
5180 First check for unconstrained array and get the underlying array. */
5181 if (foreign && TREE_CODE (gnu_param_type) == UNCONSTRAINED_ARRAY_TYPE)
5183 = TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TREE_TYPE (gnu_param_type))));
5185 /* VMS descriptors are themselves passed by reference. */
5186 if (mech == By_Short_Descriptor ||
5187 (mech == By_Descriptor && TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS && !TARGET_MALLOC64))
5189 = build_pointer_type (build_vms_descriptor32 (gnu_param_type,
5190 Mechanism (gnat_param),
5192 else if (mech == By_Descriptor)
5194 /* Build both a 32-bit and 64-bit descriptor, one of which will be
5195 chosen in fill_vms_descriptor. */
5197 = build_pointer_type (build_vms_descriptor32 (gnu_param_type,
5198 Mechanism (gnat_param),
5201 = build_pointer_type (build_vms_descriptor (gnu_param_type,
5202 Mechanism (gnat_param),
5206 /* Arrays are passed as pointers to element type for foreign conventions. */
5209 && TREE_CODE (gnu_param_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
5211 /* Strip off any multi-dimensional entries, then strip
5212 off the last array to get the component type. */
5213 while (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (gnu_param_type)) == ARRAY_TYPE
5214 && TYPE_MULTI_ARRAY_P (TREE_TYPE (gnu_param_type)))
5215 gnu_param_type = TREE_TYPE (gnu_param_type);
5217 by_component_ptr = true;
5218 gnu_param_type = TREE_TYPE (gnu_param_type);
5221 gnu_param_type = build_qualified_type (gnu_param_type,
5222 (TYPE_QUALS (gnu_param_type)
5223 | TYPE_QUAL_CONST));
5225 gnu_param_type = build_pointer_type (gnu_param_type);
5228 /* Fat pointers are passed as thin pointers for foreign conventions. */
5229 else if (foreign && TYPE_IS_FAT_POINTER_P (gnu_param_type))
5231 = make_type_from_size (gnu_param_type, size_int (POINTER_SIZE), 0);
5233 /* If we must pass or were requested to pass by reference, do so.
5234 If we were requested to pass by copy, do so.
5235 Otherwise, for foreign conventions, pass In Out or Out parameters
5236 or aggregates by reference. For COBOL and Fortran, pass all
5237 integer and FP types that way too. For Convention Ada, use
5238 the standard Ada default. */
5239 else if (must_pass_by_ref (gnu_param_type)
5240 || mech == By_Reference
5243 && (!in_param || AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (gnu_param_type)))
5245 && (Convention (gnat_subprog) == Convention_Fortran
5246 || Convention (gnat_subprog) == Convention_COBOL)
5247 && (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (gnu_param_type)
5248 || FLOAT_TYPE_P (gnu_param_type)))
5250 && default_pass_by_ref (gnu_param_type)))))
5252 gnu_param_type = build_reference_type (gnu_param_type);
5256 /* Pass In Out or Out parameters using copy-in copy-out mechanism. */
5260 if (mech == By_Copy && (by_ref || by_component_ptr))
5261 post_error ("?cannot pass & by copy", gnat_param);
5263 /* If this is an Out parameter that isn't passed by reference and isn't
5264 a pointer or aggregate, we don't make a PARM_DECL for it. Instead,
5265 it will be a VAR_DECL created when we process the procedure, so just
5266 return its type. For the special parameter of a valued procedure,
5269 An exception is made to cover the RM-6.4.1 rule requiring "by copy"
5270 Out parameters with discriminants or implicit initial values to be
5271 handled like In Out parameters. These type are normally built as
5272 aggregates, hence passed by reference, except for some packed arrays
5273 which end up encoded in special integer types.
5275 The exception we need to make is then for packed arrays of records
5276 with discriminants or implicit initial values. We have no light/easy
5277 way to check for the latter case, so we merely check for packed arrays
5278 of records. This may lead to useless copy-in operations, but in very
5279 rare cases only, as these would be exceptions in a set of already
5280 exceptional situations. */
5281 if (Ekind (gnat_param) == E_Out_Parameter
5284 || (mech != By_Descriptor
5285 && mech != By_Short_Descriptor
5286 && !POINTER_TYPE_P (gnu_param_type)
5287 && !AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (gnu_param_type)))
5288 && !(Is_Array_Type (Etype (gnat_param))
5289 && Is_Packed (Etype (gnat_param))
5290 && Is_Composite_Type (Component_Type (Etype (gnat_param)))))
5291 return gnu_param_type;
5293 gnu_param = create_param_decl (gnu_param_name, gnu_param_type,
5294 ro_param || by_ref || by_component_ptr);
5295 DECL_BY_REF_P (gnu_param) = by_ref;
5296 DECL_BY_COMPONENT_PTR_P (gnu_param) = by_component_ptr;
5297 DECL_BY_DESCRIPTOR_P (gnu_param) = (mech == By_Descriptor ||
5298 mech == By_Short_Descriptor);
5299 DECL_POINTS_TO_READONLY_P (gnu_param)
5300 = (ro_param && (by_ref || by_component_ptr));
5302 /* Save the alternate descriptor type, if any. */
5303 if (gnu_param_type_alt)
5304 SET_DECL_PARM_ALT_TYPE (gnu_param, gnu_param_type_alt);
5306 /* If no Mechanism was specified, indicate what we're using, then
5307 back-annotate it. */
5308 if (mech == Default)
5309 mech = (by_ref || by_component_ptr) ? By_Reference : By_Copy;
5311 Set_Mechanism (gnat_param, mech);
5315 /* Return true if DISCR1 and DISCR2 represent the same discriminant. */
5318 same_discriminant_p (Entity_Id discr1, Entity_Id discr2)
5320 while (Present (Corresponding_Discriminant (discr1)))
5321 discr1 = Corresponding_Discriminant (discr1);
5323 while (Present (Corresponding_Discriminant (discr2)))
5324 discr2 = Corresponding_Discriminant (discr2);
5327 Original_Record_Component (discr1) == Original_Record_Component (discr2);
5330 /* Return true if the array type GNU_TYPE, which represents a dimension of
5331 GNAT_TYPE, has a non-aliased component in the back-end sense. */
5334 array_type_has_nonaliased_component (tree gnu_type, Entity_Id gnat_type)
5336 /* If the array type is not the innermost dimension of the GNAT type,
5337 then it has a non-aliased component. */
5338 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (gnu_type)) == ARRAY_TYPE
5339 && TYPE_MULTI_ARRAY_P (TREE_TYPE (gnu_type)))
5342 /* If the array type has an aliased component in the front-end sense,
5343 then it also has an aliased component in the back-end sense. */
5344 if (Has_Aliased_Components (gnat_type))
5347 /* If this is a derived type, then it has a non-aliased component if
5348 and only if its parent type also has one. */
5349 if (Is_Derived_Type (gnat_type))
5351 tree gnu_parent_type = gnat_to_gnu_type (Etype (gnat_type));
5353 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_parent_type) == UNCONSTRAINED_ARRAY_TYPE)
5355 = TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TREE_TYPE (gnu_parent_type))));
5356 for (index = Number_Dimensions (gnat_type) - 1; index > 0; index--)
5357 gnu_parent_type = TREE_TYPE (gnu_parent_type);
5358 return TYPE_NONALIASED_COMPONENT (gnu_parent_type);
5361 /* Otherwise, rely exclusively on properties of the element type. */
5362 return type_for_nonaliased_component_p (TREE_TYPE (gnu_type));
5365 /* Return true if GNAT_ADDRESS is a value known at compile-time. */
5368 compile_time_known_address_p (Node_Id gnat_address)
5370 /* Catch System'To_Address. */
5371 if (Nkind (gnat_address) == N_Unchecked_Type_Conversion)
5372 gnat_address = Expression (gnat_address);
5374 return Compile_Time_Known_Value (gnat_address);
5377 /* Return true if GNAT_RANGE, a N_Range node, cannot be superflat, i.e. if the
5378 inequality HB >= LB-1 is true. LB and HB are the low and high bounds. */
5381 cannot_be_superflat_p (Node_Id gnat_range)
5383 Node_Id gnat_lb = Low_Bound (gnat_range), gnat_hb = High_Bound (gnat_range);
5384 Node_Id scalar_range;
5385 tree gnu_lb, gnu_hb, gnu_lb_minus_one;
5387 /* If the low bound is not constant, try to find an upper bound. */
5388 while (Nkind (gnat_lb) != N_Integer_Literal
5389 && (Ekind (Etype (gnat_lb)) == E_Signed_Integer_Subtype
5390 || Ekind (Etype (gnat_lb)) == E_Modular_Integer_Subtype)
5391 && (scalar_range = Scalar_Range (Etype (gnat_lb)))
5392 && (Nkind (scalar_range) == N_Signed_Integer_Type_Definition
5393 || Nkind (scalar_range) == N_Range))
5394 gnat_lb = High_Bound (scalar_range);
5396 /* If the high bound is not constant, try to find a lower bound. */
5397 while (Nkind (gnat_hb) != N_Integer_Literal
5398 && (Ekind (Etype (gnat_hb)) == E_Signed_Integer_Subtype
5399 || Ekind (Etype (gnat_hb)) == E_Modular_Integer_Subtype)
5400 && (scalar_range = Scalar_Range (Etype (gnat_hb)))
5401 && (Nkind (scalar_range) == N_Signed_Integer_Type_Definition
5402 || Nkind (scalar_range) == N_Range))
5403 gnat_hb = Low_Bound (scalar_range);
5405 /* If we have failed to find constant bounds, punt. */
5406 if (Nkind (gnat_lb) != N_Integer_Literal
5407 || Nkind (gnat_hb) != N_Integer_Literal)
5410 /* We need at least a signed 64-bit type to catch most cases. */
5411 gnu_lb = UI_To_gnu (Intval (gnat_lb), sbitsizetype);
5412 gnu_hb = UI_To_gnu (Intval (gnat_hb), sbitsizetype);
5413 if (TREE_OVERFLOW (gnu_lb) || TREE_OVERFLOW (gnu_hb))
5416 /* If the low bound is the smallest integer, nothing can be smaller. */
5417 gnu_lb_minus_one = size_binop (MINUS_EXPR, gnu_lb, sbitsize_one_node);
5418 if (TREE_OVERFLOW (gnu_lb_minus_one))
5421 return !tree_int_cst_lt (gnu_hb, gnu_lb_minus_one);
5424 /* Return true if GNU_EXPR is (essentially) the address of a CONSTRUCTOR. */
5427 constructor_address_p (tree gnu_expr)
5429 while (TREE_CODE (gnu_expr) == NOP_EXPR
5430 || TREE_CODE (gnu_expr) == CONVERT_EXPR
5431 || TREE_CODE (gnu_expr) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR)
5432 gnu_expr = TREE_OPERAND (gnu_expr, 0);
5434 return (TREE_CODE (gnu_expr) == ADDR_EXPR
5435 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (gnu_expr, 0)) == CONSTRUCTOR);
5438 /* Given GNAT_ENTITY, elaborate all expressions that are required to
5439 be elaborated at the point of its definition, but do nothing else. */
5442 elaborate_entity (Entity_Id gnat_entity)
5444 switch (Ekind (gnat_entity))
5446 case E_Signed_Integer_Subtype:
5447 case E_Modular_Integer_Subtype:
5448 case E_Enumeration_Subtype:
5449 case E_Ordinary_Fixed_Point_Subtype:
5450 case E_Decimal_Fixed_Point_Subtype:
5451 case E_Floating_Point_Subtype:
5453 Node_Id gnat_lb = Type_Low_Bound (gnat_entity);
5454 Node_Id gnat_hb = Type_High_Bound (gnat_entity);
5456 /* ??? Tests to avoid Constraint_Error in static expressions
5457 are needed until after the front stops generating bogus
5458 conversions on bounds of real types. */
5459 if (!Raises_Constraint_Error (gnat_lb))
5460 elaborate_expression (gnat_lb, gnat_entity, get_identifier ("L"),
5461 true, false, Needs_Debug_Info (gnat_entity));
5462 if (!Raises_Constraint_Error (gnat_hb))
5463 elaborate_expression (gnat_hb, gnat_entity, get_identifier ("U"),
5464 true, false, Needs_Debug_Info (gnat_entity));
5470 Node_Id full_definition = Declaration_Node (gnat_entity);
5471 Node_Id record_definition = Type_Definition (full_definition);
5473 /* If this is a record extension, go a level further to find the
5474 record definition. */
5475 if (Nkind (record_definition) == N_Derived_Type_Definition)
5476 record_definition = Record_Extension_Part (record_definition);
5480 case E_Record_Subtype:
5481 case E_Private_Subtype:
5482 case E_Limited_Private_Subtype:
5483 case E_Record_Subtype_With_Private:
5484 if (Is_Constrained (gnat_entity)
5485 && Has_Discriminants (gnat_entity)
5486 && Present (Discriminant_Constraint (gnat_entity)))
5488 Node_Id gnat_discriminant_expr;
5489 Entity_Id gnat_field;
5492 = First_Discriminant (Implementation_Base_Type (gnat_entity)),
5493 gnat_discriminant_expr
5494 = First_Elmt (Discriminant_Constraint (gnat_entity));
5495 Present (gnat_field);
5496 gnat_field = Next_Discriminant (gnat_field),
5497 gnat_discriminant_expr = Next_Elmt (gnat_discriminant_expr))
5498 /* ??? For now, ignore access discriminants. */
5499 if (!Is_Access_Type (Etype (Node (gnat_discriminant_expr))))
5500 elaborate_expression (Node (gnat_discriminant_expr),
5501 gnat_entity, get_entity_name (gnat_field),
5502 true, false, false);
5509 /* Mark GNAT_ENTITY as going out of scope at this point. Recursively mark
5510 any entities on its entity chain similarly. */
5513 mark_out_of_scope (Entity_Id gnat_entity)
5515 Entity_Id gnat_sub_entity;
5516 unsigned int kind = Ekind (gnat_entity);
5518 /* If this has an entity list, process all in the list. */
5519 if (IN (kind, Class_Wide_Kind) || IN (kind, Concurrent_Kind)
5520 || IN (kind, Private_Kind)
5521 || kind == E_Block || kind == E_Entry || kind == E_Entry_Family
5522 || kind == E_Function || kind == E_Generic_Function
5523 || kind == E_Generic_Package || kind == E_Generic_Procedure
5524 || kind == E_Loop || kind == E_Operator || kind == E_Package
5525 || kind == E_Package_Body || kind == E_Procedure
5526 || kind == E_Record_Type || kind == E_Record_Subtype
5527 || kind == E_Subprogram_Body || kind == E_Subprogram_Type)
5528 for (gnat_sub_entity = First_Entity (gnat_entity);
5529 Present (gnat_sub_entity);
5530 gnat_sub_entity = Next_Entity (gnat_sub_entity))
5531 if (Scope (gnat_sub_entity) == gnat_entity
5532 && gnat_sub_entity != gnat_entity)
5533 mark_out_of_scope (gnat_sub_entity);
5535 /* Now clear this if it has been defined, but only do so if it isn't
5536 a subprogram or parameter. We could refine this, but it isn't
5537 worth it. If this is statically allocated, it is supposed to
5538 hang around out of cope. */
5539 if (present_gnu_tree (gnat_entity) && !Is_Statically_Allocated (gnat_entity)
5540 && kind != E_Procedure && kind != E_Function && !IN (kind, Formal_Kind))
5542 save_gnu_tree (gnat_entity, NULL_TREE, true);
5543 save_gnu_tree (gnat_entity, error_mark_node, true);
5547 /* Relate the alias sets of GNU_NEW_TYPE and GNU_OLD_TYPE according to OP.
5548 If this is a multi-dimensional array type, do this recursively.
5551 - ALIAS_SET_COPY: the new set is made a copy of the old one.
5552 - ALIAS_SET_SUPERSET: the new set is made a superset of the old one.
5553 - ALIAS_SET_SUBSET: the new set is made a subset of the old one. */
5556 relate_alias_sets (tree gnu_new_type, tree gnu_old_type, enum alias_set_op op)
5558 /* Remove any padding from GNU_OLD_TYPE. It doesn't matter in the case
5559 of a one-dimensional array, since the padding has the same alias set
5560 as the field type, but if it's a multi-dimensional array, we need to
5561 see the inner types. */
5562 while (TREE_CODE (gnu_old_type) == RECORD_TYPE
5563 && (TYPE_JUSTIFIED_MODULAR_P (gnu_old_type)
5564 || TYPE_PADDING_P (gnu_old_type)))
5565 gnu_old_type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_old_type));
5567 /* Unconstrained array types are deemed incomplete and would thus be given
5568 alias set 0. Retrieve the underlying array type. */
5569 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_old_type) == UNCONSTRAINED_ARRAY_TYPE)
5571 = TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TREE_TYPE (gnu_old_type))));
5572 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_new_type) == UNCONSTRAINED_ARRAY_TYPE)
5574 = TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TREE_TYPE (gnu_new_type))));
5576 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_new_type) == ARRAY_TYPE
5577 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (gnu_new_type)) == ARRAY_TYPE
5578 && TYPE_MULTI_ARRAY_P (TREE_TYPE (gnu_new_type)))
5579 relate_alias_sets (TREE_TYPE (gnu_new_type), TREE_TYPE (gnu_old_type), op);
5583 case ALIAS_SET_COPY:
5584 /* The alias set shouldn't be copied between array types with different
5585 aliasing settings because this can break the aliasing relationship
5586 between the array type and its element type. */
5587 #ifndef ENABLE_CHECKING
5588 if (flag_strict_aliasing)
5590 gcc_assert (!(TREE_CODE (gnu_new_type) == ARRAY_TYPE
5591 && TREE_CODE (gnu_old_type) == ARRAY_TYPE
5592 && TYPE_NONALIASED_COMPONENT (gnu_new_type)
5593 != TYPE_NONALIASED_COMPONENT (gnu_old_type)));
5595 TYPE_ALIAS_SET (gnu_new_type) = get_alias_set (gnu_old_type);
5598 case ALIAS_SET_SUBSET:
5599 case ALIAS_SET_SUPERSET:
5601 alias_set_type old_set = get_alias_set (gnu_old_type);
5602 alias_set_type new_set = get_alias_set (gnu_new_type);
5604 /* Do nothing if the alias sets conflict. This ensures that we
5605 never call record_alias_subset several times for the same pair
5606 or at all for alias set 0. */
5607 if (!alias_sets_conflict_p (old_set, new_set))
5609 if (op == ALIAS_SET_SUBSET)
5610 record_alias_subset (old_set, new_set);
5612 record_alias_subset (new_set, old_set);
5621 record_component_aliases (gnu_new_type);
5624 /* Return true if the size represented by GNU_SIZE can be handled by an
5625 allocation. If STATIC_P is true, consider only what can be done with a
5626 static allocation. */
5629 allocatable_size_p (tree gnu_size, bool static_p)
5631 HOST_WIDE_INT our_size;
5633 /* If this is not a static allocation, the only case we want to forbid
5634 is an overflowing size. That will be converted into a raise a
5637 return !(TREE_CODE (gnu_size) == INTEGER_CST
5638 && TREE_OVERFLOW (gnu_size));
5640 /* Otherwise, we need to deal with both variable sizes and constant
5641 sizes that won't fit in a host int. We use int instead of HOST_WIDE_INT
5642 since assemblers may not like very large sizes. */
5643 if (!host_integerp (gnu_size, 1))
5646 our_size = tree_low_cst (gnu_size, 1);
5647 return (int) our_size == our_size;
5650 /* Prepend to ATTR_LIST an entry for an attribute with provided TYPE,
5651 NAME, ARGS and ERROR_POINT. */
5654 prepend_one_attribute_to (struct attrib ** attr_list,
5655 enum attr_type attr_type,
5658 Node_Id attr_error_point)
5660 struct attrib * attr = (struct attrib *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct attrib));
5662 attr->type = attr_type;
5663 attr->name = attr_name;
5664 attr->args = attr_args;
5665 attr->error_point = attr_error_point;
5667 attr->next = *attr_list;
5671 /* Prepend to ATTR_LIST the list of attributes for GNAT_ENTITY, if any. */
5674 prepend_attributes (Entity_Id gnat_entity, struct attrib ** attr_list)
5678 /* Attributes are stored as Representation Item pragmas. */
5680 for (gnat_temp = First_Rep_Item (gnat_entity); Present (gnat_temp);
5681 gnat_temp = Next_Rep_Item (gnat_temp))
5682 if (Nkind (gnat_temp) == N_Pragma)
5684 tree gnu_arg0 = NULL_TREE, gnu_arg1 = NULL_TREE;
5685 Node_Id gnat_assoc = Pragma_Argument_Associations (gnat_temp);
5686 enum attr_type etype;
5688 /* Map the kind of pragma at hand. Skip if this is not one
5689 we know how to handle. */
5691 switch (Get_Pragma_Id (Chars (Pragma_Identifier (gnat_temp))))
5693 case Pragma_Machine_Attribute:
5694 etype = ATTR_MACHINE_ATTRIBUTE;
5697 case Pragma_Linker_Alias:
5698 etype = ATTR_LINK_ALIAS;
5701 case Pragma_Linker_Section:
5702 etype = ATTR_LINK_SECTION;
5705 case Pragma_Linker_Constructor:
5706 etype = ATTR_LINK_CONSTRUCTOR;
5709 case Pragma_Linker_Destructor:
5710 etype = ATTR_LINK_DESTRUCTOR;
5713 case Pragma_Weak_External:
5714 etype = ATTR_WEAK_EXTERNAL;
5717 case Pragma_Thread_Local_Storage:
5718 etype = ATTR_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE;
5725 /* See what arguments we have and turn them into GCC trees for
5726 attribute handlers. These expect identifier for strings. We
5727 handle at most two arguments, static expressions only. */
5729 if (Present (gnat_assoc) && Present (First (gnat_assoc)))
5731 Node_Id gnat_arg0 = Next (First (gnat_assoc));
5732 Node_Id gnat_arg1 = Empty;
5734 if (Present (gnat_arg0)
5735 && Is_Static_Expression (Expression (gnat_arg0)))
5737 gnu_arg0 = gnat_to_gnu (Expression (gnat_arg0));
5739 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_arg0) == STRING_CST)
5740 gnu_arg0 = get_identifier (TREE_STRING_POINTER (gnu_arg0));
5742 gnat_arg1 = Next (gnat_arg0);
5745 if (Present (gnat_arg1)
5746 && Is_Static_Expression (Expression (gnat_arg1)))
5748 gnu_arg1 = gnat_to_gnu (Expression (gnat_arg1));
5750 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_arg1) == STRING_CST)
5751 gnu_arg1 = get_identifier (TREE_STRING_POINTER (gnu_arg1));
5755 /* Prepend to the list now. Make a list of the argument we might
5756 have, as GCC expects it. */
5757 prepend_one_attribute_to
5760 (gnu_arg1 != NULL_TREE)
5761 ? build_tree_list (NULL_TREE, gnu_arg1) : NULL_TREE,
5762 Present (Next (First (gnat_assoc)))
5763 ? Expression (Next (First (gnat_assoc))) : gnat_temp);
5767 /* Given a GNAT tree GNAT_EXPR, for an expression which is a value within a
5768 type definition (either a bound or a discriminant value) for GNAT_ENTITY,
5769 return the GCC tree to use for that expression. GNU_NAME is the suffix
5770 to use if a variable needs to be created and DEFINITION is true if this
5771 is a definition of GNAT_ENTITY. If NEED_VALUE is true, we need a result;
5772 otherwise, we are just elaborating the expression for side-effects. If
5773 NEED_DEBUG is true, we need a variable for debugging purposes even if it
5774 isn't needed for code generation. */
5777 elaborate_expression (Node_Id gnat_expr, Entity_Id gnat_entity, tree gnu_name,
5778 bool definition, bool need_value, bool need_debug)
5782 /* If we already elaborated this expression (e.g. it was involved
5783 in the definition of a private type), use the old value. */
5784 if (present_gnu_tree (gnat_expr))
5785 return get_gnu_tree (gnat_expr);
5787 /* If we don't need a value and this is static or a discriminant,
5788 we don't need to do anything. */
5790 && (Is_OK_Static_Expression (gnat_expr)
5791 || (Nkind (gnat_expr) == N_Identifier
5792 && Ekind (Entity (gnat_expr)) == E_Discriminant)))
5795 /* If it's a static expression, we don't need a variable for debugging. */
5796 if (need_debug && Is_OK_Static_Expression (gnat_expr))
5799 /* Otherwise, convert this tree to its GCC equivalent and elaborate it. */
5800 gnu_expr = elaborate_expression_1 (gnat_to_gnu (gnat_expr), gnat_entity,
5801 gnu_name, definition, need_debug);
5803 /* Save the expression in case we try to elaborate this entity again. Since
5804 it's not a DECL, don't check it. Don't save if it's a discriminant. */
5805 if (!CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (gnu_expr))
5806 save_gnu_tree (gnat_expr, gnu_expr, true);
5808 return need_value ? gnu_expr : error_mark_node;
5811 /* Similar, but take a GNU expression and always return a result. */
5814 elaborate_expression_1 (tree gnu_expr, Entity_Id gnat_entity, tree gnu_name,
5815 bool definition, bool need_debug)
5817 /* Skip any conversions and simple arithmetics to see if the expression
5818 is a read-only variable.
5819 ??? This really should remain read-only, but we have to think about
5820 the typing of the tree here. */
5822 = skip_simple_arithmetic (remove_conversions (gnu_expr, true));
5823 tree gnu_decl = NULL_TREE;
5824 bool expr_global = Is_Public (gnat_entity) || global_bindings_p ();
5827 /* In most cases, we won't see a naked FIELD_DECL because a discriminant
5828 reference will have been replaced with a COMPONENT_REF when the type
5829 is being elaborated. However, there are some cases involving child
5830 types where we will. So convert it to a COMPONENT_REF. We hope it
5831 will be at the highest level of the expression in these cases. */
5832 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_expr) == FIELD_DECL)
5833 gnu_expr = build3 (COMPONENT_REF, TREE_TYPE (gnu_expr),
5834 build0 (PLACEHOLDER_EXPR, DECL_CONTEXT (gnu_expr)),
5835 gnu_expr, NULL_TREE);
5837 /* If GNU_EXPR is neither a placeholder nor a constant, nor a variable
5838 that is read-only, make a variable that is initialized to contain the
5839 bound when the package containing the definition is elaborated. If
5840 this entity is defined at top level and a bound or discriminant value
5841 isn't a constant or a reference to a discriminant, replace the bound
5842 by the variable; otherwise use a SAVE_EXPR if needed. Note that we
5843 rely here on the fact that an expression cannot contain both the
5844 discriminant and some other variable. */
5845 expr_variable = (!CONSTANT_CLASS_P (gnu_expr)
5846 && !(TREE_CODE (gnu_inner_expr) == VAR_DECL
5847 && (TREE_READONLY (gnu_inner_expr)
5848 || DECL_READONLY_ONCE_ELAB (gnu_inner_expr)))
5849 && !CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (gnu_expr));
5851 /* If GNU_EXPR contains a discriminant, we can't elaborate a variable. */
5852 if (need_debug && CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (gnu_expr))
5855 /* Now create the variable if we need it. */
5856 if (need_debug || (expr_variable && expr_global))
5858 = create_var_decl (create_concat_name (gnat_entity,
5859 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (gnu_name)),
5860 NULL_TREE, TREE_TYPE (gnu_expr), gnu_expr,
5861 !need_debug, Is_Public (gnat_entity),
5862 !definition, false, NULL, gnat_entity);
5864 /* We only need to use this variable if we are in global context since GCC
5865 can do the right thing in the local case. */
5866 if (expr_global && expr_variable)
5869 return expr_variable ? gnat_save_expr (gnu_expr) : gnu_expr;
5872 /* Create a record type that contains a SIZE bytes long field of TYPE with a
5873 starting bit position so that it is aligned to ALIGN bits, and leaving at
5874 least ROOM bytes free before the field. BASE_ALIGN is the alignment the
5875 record is guaranteed to get. */
5878 make_aligning_type (tree type, unsigned int align, tree size,
5879 unsigned int base_align, int room)
5881 /* We will be crafting a record type with one field at a position set to be
5882 the next multiple of ALIGN past record'address + room bytes. We use a
5883 record placeholder to express record'address. */
5884 tree record_type = make_node (RECORD_TYPE);
5885 tree record = build0 (PLACEHOLDER_EXPR, record_type);
5888 = convert (sizetype, build_unary_op (ADDR_EXPR, NULL_TREE, record));
5890 /* The diagram below summarizes the shape of what we manipulate:
5892 <--------- pos ---------->
5893 { +------------+-------------+-----------------+
5894 record =>{ |############| ... | field (type) |
5895 { +------------+-------------+-----------------+
5896 |<-- room -->|<- voffset ->|<---- size ----->|
5899 record_addr vblock_addr
5901 Every length is in sizetype bytes there, except "pos" which has to be
5902 set as a bit position in the GCC tree for the record. */
5903 tree room_st = size_int (room);
5904 tree vblock_addr_st = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, record_addr_st, room_st);
5905 tree voffset_st, pos, field;
5907 tree name = TYPE_NAME (type);
5909 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
5910 name = DECL_NAME (name);
5912 TYPE_NAME (record_type) = concat_name (name, "_ALIGN");
5914 /* Compute VOFFSET and then POS. The next byte position multiple of some
5915 alignment after some address is obtained by "and"ing the alignment minus
5916 1 with the two's complement of the address. */
5917 voffset_st = size_binop (BIT_AND_EXPR,
5918 fold_build1 (NEGATE_EXPR, sizetype, vblock_addr_st),
5919 size_int ((align / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1));
5921 /* POS = (ROOM + VOFFSET) * BIT_PER_UNIT, in bitsizetype. */
5922 pos = size_binop (MULT_EXPR,
5923 convert (bitsizetype,
5924 size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, room_st, voffset_st)),
5927 /* Craft the GCC record representation. We exceptionally do everything
5928 manually here because 1) our generic circuitry is not quite ready to
5929 handle the complex position/size expressions we are setting up, 2) we
5930 have a strong simplifying factor at hand: we know the maximum possible
5931 value of voffset, and 3) we have to set/reset at least the sizes in
5932 accordance with this maximum value anyway, as we need them to convey
5933 what should be "alloc"ated for this type.
5935 Use -1 as the 'addressable' indication for the field to prevent the
5936 creation of a bitfield. We don't need one, it would have damaging
5937 consequences on the alignment computation, and create_field_decl would
5938 make one without this special argument, for instance because of the
5939 complex position expression. */
5940 field = create_field_decl (get_identifier ("F"), type, record_type,
5942 TYPE_FIELDS (record_type) = field;
5944 TYPE_ALIGN (record_type) = base_align;
5945 TYPE_USER_ALIGN (record_type) = 1;
5947 TYPE_SIZE (record_type)
5948 = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR,
5949 size_binop (MULT_EXPR, convert (bitsizetype, size),
5951 bitsize_int (align + room * BITS_PER_UNIT));
5952 TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (record_type)
5953 = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, size,
5954 size_int (room + align / BITS_PER_UNIT));
5956 SET_TYPE_MODE (record_type, BLKmode);
5958 relate_alias_sets (record_type, type, ALIAS_SET_COPY);
5962 /* Return the result of rounding T up to ALIGN. */
5964 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
5965 round_up_to_align (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT t, unsigned int align)
5973 /* TYPE is a RECORD_TYPE, UNION_TYPE or QUAL_UNION_TYPE that is being used
5974 as the field type of a packed record if IN_RECORD is true, or as the
5975 component type of a packed array if IN_RECORD is false. See if we can
5976 rewrite it either as a type that has a non-BLKmode, which we can pack
5977 tighter in the packed record case, or as a smaller type. If so, return
5978 the new type. If not, return the original type. */
5981 make_packable_type (tree type, bool in_record)
5983 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size = tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1);
5984 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT new_size;
5985 tree new_type, old_field, field_list = NULL_TREE;
5987 /* No point in doing anything if the size is zero. */
5991 new_type = make_node (TREE_CODE (type));
5993 /* Copy the name and flags from the old type to that of the new.
5994 Note that we rely on the pointer equality created here for
5995 TYPE_NAME to look through conversions in various places. */
5996 TYPE_NAME (new_type) = TYPE_NAME (type);
5997 TYPE_JUSTIFIED_MODULAR_P (new_type) = TYPE_JUSTIFIED_MODULAR_P (type);
5998 TYPE_CONTAINS_TEMPLATE_P (new_type) = TYPE_CONTAINS_TEMPLATE_P (type);
5999 if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE)
6000 TYPE_PADDING_P (new_type) = TYPE_PADDING_P (type);
6002 /* If we are in a record and have a small size, set the alignment to
6003 try for an integral mode. Otherwise set it to try for a smaller
6004 type with BLKmode. */
6005 if (in_record && size <= MAX_FIXED_MODE_SIZE)
6007 TYPE_ALIGN (new_type) = ceil_alignment (size);
6008 new_size = round_up_to_align (size, TYPE_ALIGN (new_type));
6012 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align;
6014 /* Do not try to shrink the size if the RM size is not constant. */
6015 if (TYPE_CONTAINS_TEMPLATE_P (type)
6016 || !host_integerp (TYPE_ADA_SIZE (type), 1))
6019 /* Round the RM size up to a unit boundary to get the minimal size
6020 for a BLKmode record. Give up if it's already the size. */
6021 new_size = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_ADA_SIZE (type));
6022 new_size = round_up_to_align (new_size, BITS_PER_UNIT);
6023 if (new_size == size)
6026 align = new_size & -new_size;
6027 TYPE_ALIGN (new_type) = MIN (TYPE_ALIGN (type), align);
6030 TYPE_USER_ALIGN (new_type) = 1;
6032 /* Now copy the fields, keeping the position and size as we don't want
6033 to change the layout by propagating the packedness downwards. */
6034 for (old_field = TYPE_FIELDS (type); old_field;
6035 old_field = TREE_CHAIN (old_field))
6037 tree new_field_type = TREE_TYPE (old_field);
6038 tree new_field, new_size;
6040 if ((TREE_CODE (new_field_type) == RECORD_TYPE
6041 || TREE_CODE (new_field_type) == UNION_TYPE
6042 || TREE_CODE (new_field_type) == QUAL_UNION_TYPE)
6043 && !TYPE_FAT_POINTER_P (new_field_type)
6044 && host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (new_field_type), 1))
6045 new_field_type = make_packable_type (new_field_type, true);
6047 /* However, for the last field in a not already packed record type
6048 that is of an aggregate type, we need to use the RM size in the
6049 packable version of the record type, see finish_record_type. */
6050 if (!TREE_CHAIN (old_field)
6051 && !TYPE_PACKED (type)
6052 && (TREE_CODE (new_field_type) == RECORD_TYPE
6053 || TREE_CODE (new_field_type) == UNION_TYPE
6054 || TREE_CODE (new_field_type) == QUAL_UNION_TYPE)
6055 && !TYPE_FAT_POINTER_P (new_field_type)
6056 && !TYPE_CONTAINS_TEMPLATE_P (new_field_type)
6057 && TYPE_ADA_SIZE (new_field_type))
6058 new_size = TYPE_ADA_SIZE (new_field_type);
6060 new_size = DECL_SIZE (old_field);
6062 new_field = create_field_decl (DECL_NAME (old_field), new_field_type,
6063 new_type, TYPE_PACKED (type), new_size,
6064 bit_position (old_field),
6065 !DECL_NONADDRESSABLE_P (old_field));
6067 DECL_INTERNAL_P (new_field) = DECL_INTERNAL_P (old_field);
6068 SET_DECL_ORIGINAL_FIELD_TO_FIELD (new_field, old_field);
6069 if (TREE_CODE (new_type) == QUAL_UNION_TYPE)
6070 DECL_QUALIFIER (new_field) = DECL_QUALIFIER (old_field);
6072 TREE_CHAIN (new_field) = field_list;
6073 field_list = new_field;
6076 finish_record_type (new_type, nreverse (field_list), 2, false);
6077 relate_alias_sets (new_type, type, ALIAS_SET_COPY);
6079 /* If this is a padding record, we never want to make the size smaller
6080 than what was specified. For QUAL_UNION_TYPE, also copy the size. */
6081 if (TYPE_IS_PADDING_P (type) || TREE_CODE (type) == QUAL_UNION_TYPE)
6083 TYPE_SIZE (new_type) = TYPE_SIZE (type);
6084 TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (new_type) = TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (type);
6089 TYPE_SIZE (new_type) = bitsize_int (new_size);
6090 TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (new_type)
6091 = size_int ((new_size + BITS_PER_UNIT - 1) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
6094 if (!TYPE_CONTAINS_TEMPLATE_P (type))
6095 SET_TYPE_ADA_SIZE (new_type, TYPE_ADA_SIZE (type));
6097 compute_record_mode (new_type);
6099 /* Try harder to get a packable type if necessary, for example
6100 in case the record itself contains a BLKmode field. */
6101 if (in_record && TYPE_MODE (new_type) == BLKmode)
6102 SET_TYPE_MODE (new_type,
6103 mode_for_size_tree (TYPE_SIZE (new_type), MODE_INT, 1));
6105 /* If neither the mode nor the size has shrunk, return the old type. */
6106 if (TYPE_MODE (new_type) == BLKmode && new_size >= size)
6112 /* Ensure that TYPE has SIZE and ALIGN. Make and return a new padded type
6113 if needed. We have already verified that SIZE and TYPE are large enough.
6114 GNAT_ENTITY is used to name the resulting record and to issue a warning.
6115 IS_COMPONENT_TYPE is true if this is being done for the component type
6116 of an array. IS_USER_TYPE is true if we must complete the original type.
6117 DEFINITION is true if this type is being defined. SAME_RM_SIZE is true
6118 if the RM size of the resulting type is to be set to SIZE too; otherwise,
6119 it's set to the RM size of the original type. */
6122 maybe_pad_type (tree type, tree size, unsigned int align,
6123 Entity_Id gnat_entity, bool is_component_type,
6124 bool is_user_type, bool definition, bool same_rm_size)
6126 tree orig_rm_size = same_rm_size ? NULL_TREE : rm_size (type);
6127 tree orig_size = TYPE_SIZE (type);
6130 /* If TYPE is a padded type, see if it agrees with any size and alignment
6131 we were given. If so, return the original type. Otherwise, strip
6132 off the padding, since we will either be returning the inner type
6133 or repadding it. If no size or alignment is specified, use that of
6134 the original padded type. */
6135 if (TYPE_IS_PADDING_P (type))
6138 || operand_equal_p (round_up (size,
6139 MAX (align, TYPE_ALIGN (type))),
6140 round_up (TYPE_SIZE (type),
6141 MAX (align, TYPE_ALIGN (type))),
6143 && (align == 0 || align == TYPE_ALIGN (type)))
6147 size = TYPE_SIZE (type);
6149 align = TYPE_ALIGN (type);
6151 type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (type));
6152 orig_size = TYPE_SIZE (type);
6155 /* If the size is either not being changed or is being made smaller (which
6156 is not done here and is only valid for bitfields anyway), show the size
6157 isn't changing. Likewise, clear the alignment if it isn't being
6158 changed. Then return if we aren't doing anything. */
6160 && (operand_equal_p (size, orig_size, 0)
6161 || (TREE_CODE (orig_size) == INTEGER_CST
6162 && tree_int_cst_lt (size, orig_size))))
6165 if (align == TYPE_ALIGN (type))
6168 if (align == 0 && !size)
6171 /* If requested, complete the original type and give it a name. */
6173 create_type_decl (get_entity_name (gnat_entity), type,
6174 NULL, !Comes_From_Source (gnat_entity),
6176 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
6177 && DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type))),
6180 /* We used to modify the record in place in some cases, but that could
6181 generate incorrect debugging information. So make a new record
6183 record = make_node (RECORD_TYPE);
6184 TYPE_PADDING_P (record) = 1;
6186 if (Present (gnat_entity))
6187 TYPE_NAME (record) = create_concat_name (gnat_entity, "PAD");
6189 TYPE_VOLATILE (record)
6190 = Present (gnat_entity) && Treat_As_Volatile (gnat_entity);
6192 TYPE_ALIGN (record) = align;
6193 TYPE_SIZE (record) = size ? size : orig_size;
6194 TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (record)
6195 = convert (sizetype,
6196 size_binop (CEIL_DIV_EXPR, TYPE_SIZE (record),
6197 bitsize_unit_node));
6199 /* If we are changing the alignment and the input type is a record with
6200 BLKmode and a small constant size, try to make a form that has an
6201 integral mode. This might allow the padding record to also have an
6202 integral mode, which will be much more efficient. There is no point
6203 in doing so if a size is specified unless it is also a small constant
6204 size and it is incorrect to do so if we cannot guarantee that the mode
6205 will be naturally aligned since the field must always be addressable.
6207 ??? This might not always be a win when done for a stand-alone object:
6208 since the nominal and the effective type of the object will now have
6209 different modes, a VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR will be required for converting
6210 between them and it might be hard to overcome afterwards, including
6211 at the RTL level when the stand-alone object is accessed as a whole. */
6213 && TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
6214 && TYPE_MODE (type) == BLKmode
6215 && TREE_CODE (orig_size) == INTEGER_CST
6216 && !TREE_OVERFLOW (orig_size)
6217 && compare_tree_int (orig_size, MAX_FIXED_MODE_SIZE) <= 0
6219 || (TREE_CODE (size) == INTEGER_CST
6220 && compare_tree_int (size, MAX_FIXED_MODE_SIZE) <= 0)))
6222 tree packable_type = make_packable_type (type, true);
6223 if (TYPE_MODE (packable_type) != BLKmode
6224 && align >= TYPE_ALIGN (packable_type))
6225 type = packable_type;
6228 /* Now create the field with the original size. */
6229 field = create_field_decl (get_identifier ("F"), type, record, 0,
6230 orig_size, bitsize_zero_node, 1);
6231 DECL_INTERNAL_P (field) = 1;
6233 /* Do not emit debug info until after the auxiliary record is built. */
6234 finish_record_type (record, field, 1, false);
6236 /* Set the same size for its RM size if requested; otherwise reuse
6237 the RM size of the original type. */
6238 SET_TYPE_ADA_SIZE (record, same_rm_size ? size : orig_rm_size);
6240 /* Unless debugging information isn't being written for the input type,
6241 write a record that shows what we are a subtype of and also make a
6242 variable that indicates our size, if still variable. */
6243 if (TREE_CODE (orig_size) != INTEGER_CST
6244 && TYPE_NAME (record)
6246 && !(TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
6247 && DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type))))
6249 tree marker = make_node (RECORD_TYPE);
6250 tree name = TYPE_NAME (record);
6251 tree orig_name = TYPE_NAME (type);
6253 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
6254 name = DECL_NAME (name);
6256 if (TREE_CODE (orig_name) == TYPE_DECL)
6257 orig_name = DECL_NAME (orig_name);
6259 TYPE_NAME (marker) = concat_name (name, "XVS");
6260 finish_record_type (marker,
6261 create_field_decl (orig_name,
6262 build_reference_type (type),
6263 marker, 0, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE,
6267 add_parallel_type (TYPE_STUB_DECL (record), marker);
6269 if (definition && size && TREE_CODE (size) != INTEGER_CST)
6270 create_var_decl (concat_name (name, "XVZ"), NULL_TREE, sizetype,
6271 TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (record), false, false, false,
6272 false, NULL, gnat_entity);
6275 rest_of_record_type_compilation (record);
6277 /* If the size was widened explicitly, maybe give a warning. Take the
6278 original size as the maximum size of the input if there was an
6279 unconstrained record involved and round it up to the specified alignment,
6280 if one was specified. */
6281 if (CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (orig_size))
6282 orig_size = max_size (orig_size, true);
6285 orig_size = round_up (orig_size, align);
6287 if (Present (gnat_entity)
6289 && TREE_CODE (size) != MAX_EXPR
6290 && TREE_CODE (size) != COND_EXPR
6291 && !operand_equal_p (size, orig_size, 0)
6292 && !(TREE_CODE (size) == INTEGER_CST
6293 && TREE_CODE (orig_size) == INTEGER_CST
6294 && (TREE_OVERFLOW (size)
6295 || TREE_OVERFLOW (orig_size)
6296 || tree_int_cst_lt (size, orig_size))))
6298 Node_Id gnat_error_node = Empty;
6300 if (Is_Packed_Array_Type (gnat_entity))
6301 gnat_entity = Original_Array_Type (gnat_entity);
6303 if ((Ekind (gnat_entity) == E_Component
6304 || Ekind (gnat_entity) == E_Discriminant)
6305 && Present (Component_Clause (gnat_entity)))
6306 gnat_error_node = Last_Bit (Component_Clause (gnat_entity));
6307 else if (Present (Size_Clause (gnat_entity)))
6308 gnat_error_node = Expression (Size_Clause (gnat_entity));
6310 /* Generate message only for entities that come from source, since
6311 if we have an entity created by expansion, the message will be
6312 generated for some other corresponding source entity. */
6313 if (Comes_From_Source (gnat_entity))
6315 if (Present (gnat_error_node))
6316 post_error_ne_tree ("{^ }bits of & unused?",
6317 gnat_error_node, gnat_entity,
6318 size_diffop (size, orig_size));
6319 else if (is_component_type)
6320 post_error_ne_tree ("component of& padded{ by ^ bits}?",
6321 gnat_entity, gnat_entity,
6322 size_diffop (size, orig_size));
6329 /* Given a GNU tree and a GNAT list of choices, generate an expression to test
6330 the value passed against the list of choices. */
6333 choices_to_gnu (tree operand, Node_Id choices)
6337 tree result = integer_zero_node;
6338 tree this_test, low = 0, high = 0, single = 0;
6340 for (choice = First (choices); Present (choice); choice = Next (choice))
6342 switch (Nkind (choice))
6345 low = gnat_to_gnu (Low_Bound (choice));
6346 high = gnat_to_gnu (High_Bound (choice));
6349 = build_binary_op (TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR, boolean_type_node,
6350 build_binary_op (GE_EXPR, boolean_type_node,
6352 build_binary_op (LE_EXPR, boolean_type_node,
6357 case N_Subtype_Indication:
6358 gnat_temp = Range_Expression (Constraint (choice));
6359 low = gnat_to_gnu (Low_Bound (gnat_temp));
6360 high = gnat_to_gnu (High_Bound (gnat_temp));
6363 = build_binary_op (TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR, boolean_type_node,
6364 build_binary_op (GE_EXPR, boolean_type_node,
6366 build_binary_op (LE_EXPR, boolean_type_node,
6371 case N_Expanded_Name:
6372 /* This represents either a subtype range, an enumeration
6373 literal, or a constant Ekind says which. If an enumeration
6374 literal or constant, fall through to the next case. */
6375 if (Ekind (Entity (choice)) != E_Enumeration_Literal
6376 && Ekind (Entity (choice)) != E_Constant)
6378 tree type = gnat_to_gnu_type (Entity (choice));
6380 low = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type);
6381 high = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type);
6384 = build_binary_op (TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR, boolean_type_node,
6385 build_binary_op (GE_EXPR, boolean_type_node,
6387 build_binary_op (LE_EXPR, boolean_type_node,
6392 /* ... fall through ... */
6394 case N_Character_Literal:
6395 case N_Integer_Literal:
6396 single = gnat_to_gnu (choice);
6397 this_test = build_binary_op (EQ_EXPR, boolean_type_node, operand,
6401 case N_Others_Choice:
6402 this_test = integer_one_node;
6409 result = build_binary_op (TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR, boolean_type_node, result,
6416 /* Adjust PACKED setting as passed to gnat_to_gnu_field for a field of
6417 type FIELD_TYPE to be placed in RECORD_TYPE. Return the result. */
6420 adjust_packed (tree field_type, tree record_type, int packed)
6422 /* If the field contains an item of variable size, we cannot pack it
6423 because we cannot create temporaries of non-fixed size in case
6424 we need to take the address of the field. See addressable_p and
6425 the notes on the addressability issues for further details. */
6426 if (is_variable_size (field_type))
6429 /* If the alignment of the record is specified and the field type
6430 is over-aligned, request Storage_Unit alignment for the field. */
6433 if (TYPE_ALIGN (field_type) > TYPE_ALIGN (record_type))
6442 /* Return a GCC tree for a field corresponding to GNAT_FIELD to be
6443 placed in GNU_RECORD_TYPE.
6445 PACKED is 1 if the enclosing record is packed, -1 if the enclosing
6446 record has Component_Alignment of Storage_Unit, -2 if the enclosing
6447 record has a specified alignment.
6449 DEFINITION is true if this field is for a record being defined.
6451 DEBUG_INFO_P is true if we need to write debug information for types
6452 that we may create in the process. */
6455 gnat_to_gnu_field (Entity_Id gnat_field, tree gnu_record_type, int packed,
6456 bool definition, bool debug_info_p)
6458 tree gnu_field_id = get_entity_name (gnat_field);
6459 tree gnu_field_type = gnat_to_gnu_type (Etype (gnat_field));
6460 tree gnu_field, gnu_size, gnu_pos;
6461 bool needs_strict_alignment
6462 = (Is_Aliased (gnat_field) || Strict_Alignment (Etype (gnat_field))
6463 || Treat_As_Volatile (gnat_field));
6465 /* If this field requires strict alignment, we cannot pack it because
6466 it would very likely be under-aligned in the record. */
6467 if (needs_strict_alignment)
6470 packed = adjust_packed (gnu_field_type, gnu_record_type, packed);
6472 /* If a size is specified, use it. Otherwise, if the record type is packed,
6473 use the official RM size. See "Handling of Type'Size Values" in Einfo
6474 for further details. */
6475 if (Known_Static_Esize (gnat_field))
6476 gnu_size = validate_size (Esize (gnat_field), gnu_field_type,
6477 gnat_field, FIELD_DECL, false, true);
6478 else if (packed == 1)
6479 gnu_size = validate_size (RM_Size (Etype (gnat_field)), gnu_field_type,
6480 gnat_field, FIELD_DECL, false, true);
6482 gnu_size = NULL_TREE;
6484 /* If we have a specified size that is smaller than that of the field's type,
6485 or a position is specified, and the field's type is a record that doesn't
6486 require strict alignment, see if we can get either an integral mode form
6487 of the type or a smaller form. If we can, show a size was specified for
6488 the field if there wasn't one already, so we know to make this a bitfield
6489 and avoid making things wider.
6491 Changing to an integral mode form is useful when the record is packed as
6492 we can then place the field at a non-byte-aligned position and so achieve
6493 tighter packing. This is in addition required if the field shares a byte
6494 with another field and the front-end lets the back-end handle the access
6495 to the field, because GCC cannot handle non-byte-aligned BLKmode fields.
6497 Changing to a smaller form is required if the specified size is smaller
6498 than that of the field's type and the type contains sub-fields that are
6499 padded, in order to avoid generating accesses to these sub-fields that
6500 are wider than the field.
6502 We avoid the transformation if it is not required or potentially useful,
6503 as it might entail an increase of the field's alignment and have ripple
6504 effects on the outer record type. A typical case is a field known to be
6505 byte-aligned and not to share a byte with another field. */
6506 if (!needs_strict_alignment
6507 && TREE_CODE (gnu_field_type) == RECORD_TYPE
6508 && !TYPE_FAT_POINTER_P (gnu_field_type)
6509 && host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_field_type), 1)
6512 && (tree_int_cst_lt (gnu_size, TYPE_SIZE (gnu_field_type))
6513 || (Present (Component_Clause (gnat_field))
6514 && !(UI_To_Int (Component_Bit_Offset (gnat_field))
6515 % BITS_PER_UNIT == 0
6516 && value_factor_p (gnu_size, BITS_PER_UNIT)))))))
6518 tree gnu_packable_type = make_packable_type (gnu_field_type, true);
6519 if (gnu_packable_type != gnu_field_type)
6521 gnu_field_type = gnu_packable_type;
6523 gnu_size = rm_size (gnu_field_type);
6527 /* If we are packing the record and the field is BLKmode, round the
6528 size up to a byte boundary. */
6529 if (packed && TYPE_MODE (gnu_field_type) == BLKmode && gnu_size)
6530 gnu_size = round_up (gnu_size, BITS_PER_UNIT);
6532 if (Present (Component_Clause (gnat_field)))
6534 Entity_Id gnat_parent
6535 = Parent_Subtype (Underlying_Type (Scope (gnat_field)));
6537 gnu_pos = UI_To_gnu (Component_Bit_Offset (gnat_field), bitsizetype);
6538 gnu_size = validate_size (Esize (gnat_field), gnu_field_type,
6539 gnat_field, FIELD_DECL, false, true);
6541 /* Ensure the position does not overlap with the parent subtype, if there
6542 is one. This test is omitted if the parent of the tagged type has a
6543 full rep clause since, in this case, component clauses are allowed to
6544 overlay the space allocated for the parent type and the front-end has
6545 checked that there are no overlapping components. */
6546 if (Present (gnat_parent) && !Is_Fully_Repped_Tagged_Type (gnat_parent))
6548 tree gnu_parent = gnat_to_gnu_type (gnat_parent);
6550 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_parent)) == INTEGER_CST
6551 && tree_int_cst_lt (gnu_pos, TYPE_SIZE (gnu_parent)))
6554 ("offset of& must be beyond parent{, minimum allowed is ^}",
6555 First_Bit (Component_Clause (gnat_field)), gnat_field,
6556 TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_parent));
6560 /* If this field needs strict alignment, ensure the record is
6561 sufficiently aligned and that that position and size are
6562 consistent with the alignment. */
6563 if (needs_strict_alignment)
6565 TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_record_type)
6566 = MAX (TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_record_type), TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_field_type));
6569 && !operand_equal_p (gnu_size, TYPE_SIZE (gnu_field_type), 0))
6571 if (Is_Atomic (gnat_field) || Is_Atomic (Etype (gnat_field)))
6573 ("atomic field& must be natural size of type{ (^)}",
6574 Last_Bit (Component_Clause (gnat_field)), gnat_field,
6575 TYPE_SIZE (gnu_field_type));
6577 else if (Is_Aliased (gnat_field))
6579 ("size of aliased field& must be ^ bits",
6580 Last_Bit (Component_Clause (gnat_field)), gnat_field,
6581 TYPE_SIZE (gnu_field_type));
6583 else if (Strict_Alignment (Etype (gnat_field)))
6585 ("size of & with aliased or tagged components not ^ bits",
6586 Last_Bit (Component_Clause (gnat_field)), gnat_field,
6587 TYPE_SIZE (gnu_field_type));
6589 gnu_size = NULL_TREE;
6592 if (!integer_zerop (size_binop
6593 (TRUNC_MOD_EXPR, gnu_pos,
6594 bitsize_int (TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_field_type)))))
6596 if (Is_Aliased (gnat_field))
6598 ("position of aliased field& must be multiple of ^ bits",
6599 First_Bit (Component_Clause (gnat_field)), gnat_field,
6600 TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_field_type));
6602 else if (Treat_As_Volatile (gnat_field))
6604 ("position of volatile field& must be multiple of ^ bits",
6605 First_Bit (Component_Clause (gnat_field)), gnat_field,
6606 TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_field_type));
6608 else if (Strict_Alignment (Etype (gnat_field)))
6610 ("position of & with aliased or tagged components not multiple of ^ bits",
6611 First_Bit (Component_Clause (gnat_field)), gnat_field,
6612 TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_field_type));
6617 gnu_pos = NULL_TREE;
6621 if (Is_Atomic (gnat_field))
6622 check_ok_for_atomic (gnu_field_type, gnat_field, false);
6625 /* If the record has rep clauses and this is the tag field, make a rep
6626 clause for it as well. */
6627 else if (Has_Specified_Layout (Scope (gnat_field))
6628 && Chars (gnat_field) == Name_uTag)
6630 gnu_pos = bitsize_zero_node;
6631 gnu_size = TYPE_SIZE (gnu_field_type);
6635 gnu_pos = NULL_TREE;
6637 /* We need to make the size the maximum for the type if it is
6638 self-referential and an unconstrained type. In that case, we can't
6639 pack the field since we can't make a copy to align it. */
6640 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_field_type) == RECORD_TYPE
6642 && CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_field_type))
6643 && !Is_Constrained (Underlying_Type (Etype (gnat_field))))
6645 gnu_size = max_size (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_field_type), true);
6649 /* If a size is specified, adjust the field's type to it. */
6652 tree orig_field_type;
6654 /* If the field's type is justified modular, we would need to remove
6655 the wrapper to (better) meet the layout requirements. However we
6656 can do so only if the field is not aliased to preserve the unique
6657 layout and if the prescribed size is not greater than that of the
6658 packed array to preserve the justification. */
6659 if (!needs_strict_alignment
6660 && TREE_CODE (gnu_field_type) == RECORD_TYPE
6661 && TYPE_JUSTIFIED_MODULAR_P (gnu_field_type)
6662 && tree_int_cst_compare (gnu_size, TYPE_ADA_SIZE (gnu_field_type))
6664 gnu_field_type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_field_type));
6667 = make_type_from_size (gnu_field_type, gnu_size,
6668 Has_Biased_Representation (gnat_field));
6670 orig_field_type = gnu_field_type;
6671 gnu_field_type = maybe_pad_type (gnu_field_type, gnu_size, 0, gnat_field,
6672 false, false, definition, true);
6674 /* If a padding record was made, declare it now since it will never be
6675 declared otherwise. This is necessary to ensure that its subtrees
6676 are properly marked. */
6677 if (gnu_field_type != orig_field_type
6678 && !DECL_P (TYPE_NAME (gnu_field_type)))
6679 create_type_decl (TYPE_NAME (gnu_field_type), gnu_field_type, NULL,
6680 true, debug_info_p, gnat_field);
6683 /* Otherwise (or if there was an error), don't specify a position. */
6685 gnu_pos = NULL_TREE;
6687 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (gnu_field_type) != RECORD_TYPE
6688 || !TYPE_CONTAINS_TEMPLATE_P (gnu_field_type));
6690 /* Now create the decl for the field. */
6691 gnu_field = create_field_decl (gnu_field_id, gnu_field_type, gnu_record_type,
6692 packed, gnu_size, gnu_pos,
6693 Is_Aliased (gnat_field));
6694 Sloc_to_locus (Sloc (gnat_field), &DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (gnu_field));
6695 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (gnu_field) = Treat_As_Volatile (gnat_field);
6697 if (Ekind (gnat_field) == E_Discriminant)
6698 DECL_DISCRIMINANT_NUMBER (gnu_field)
6699 = UI_To_gnu (Discriminant_Number (gnat_field), sizetype);
6704 /* Return true if TYPE is a type with variable size, a padding type with a
6705 field of variable size or is a record that has a field such a field. */
6708 is_variable_size (tree type)
6712 if (!TREE_CONSTANT (TYPE_SIZE (type)))
6715 if (TYPE_IS_PADDING_P (type)
6716 && !TREE_CONSTANT (DECL_SIZE (TYPE_FIELDS (type))))
6719 if (TREE_CODE (type) != RECORD_TYPE
6720 && TREE_CODE (type) != UNION_TYPE
6721 && TREE_CODE (type) != QUAL_UNION_TYPE)
6724 for (field = TYPE_FIELDS (type); field; field = TREE_CHAIN (field))
6725 if (is_variable_size (TREE_TYPE (field)))
6731 /* qsort comparer for the bit positions of two record components. */
6734 compare_field_bitpos (const PTR rt1, const PTR rt2)
6736 const_tree const field1 = * (const_tree const *) rt1;
6737 const_tree const field2 = * (const_tree const *) rt2;
6739 = tree_int_cst_compare (bit_position (field1), bit_position (field2));
6741 return ret ? ret : (int) (DECL_UID (field1) - DECL_UID (field2));
6744 /* Translate and chain the GNAT_COMPONENT_LIST to the GNU_FIELD_LIST, set
6745 the result as the field list of GNU_RECORD_TYPE and finish it up. When
6746 called from gnat_to_gnu_entity during the processing of a record type
6747 definition, the GCC node for the parent, if any, will be the single field
6748 of GNU_RECORD_TYPE and the GCC nodes for the discriminants will be on the
6749 GNU_FIELD_LIST. The other calls to this function are recursive calls for
6750 the component list of a variant and, in this case, GNU_FIELD_LIST is empty.
6752 PACKED is 1 if this is for a packed record, -1 if this is for a record
6753 with Component_Alignment of Storage_Unit, -2 if this is for a record
6754 with a specified alignment.
6756 DEFINITION is true if we are defining this record type.
6758 P_GNU_REP_LIST, if nonzero, is a pointer to a list to which each field
6759 with a rep clause is to be added; in this case, that is all that should
6760 be done with such fields.
6762 CANCEL_ALIGNMENT is true if the alignment should be zeroed before laying
6763 out the record. This means the alignment only serves to force fields to
6764 be bitfields, but not to require the record to be that aligned. This is
6767 ALL_REP is true if a rep clause is present for all the fields.
6769 UNCHECKED_UNION is true if we are building this type for a record with a
6770 Pragma Unchecked_Union.
6772 DEBUG_INFO_P is true if we need to write debug information about the type.
6774 MAYBE_UNUSED is true if this type may be unused in the end; this doesn't
6775 mean that its contents may be unused as well, but only the container. */
6779 components_to_record (tree gnu_record_type, Node_Id gnat_component_list,
6780 tree gnu_field_list, int packed, bool definition,
6781 tree *p_gnu_rep_list, bool cancel_alignment,
6782 bool all_rep, bool unchecked_union, bool debug_info_p,
6785 bool all_rep_and_size = all_rep && TYPE_SIZE (gnu_record_type);
6786 bool layout_with_rep = false;
6787 Node_Id component_decl, variant_part;
6788 tree gnu_our_rep_list = NULL_TREE;
6789 tree gnu_field, gnu_next, gnu_last = tree_last (gnu_field_list);
6791 /* For each component referenced in a component declaration create a GCC
6792 field and add it to the list, skipping pragmas in the GNAT list. */
6793 if (Present (Component_Items (gnat_component_list)))
6795 = First_Non_Pragma (Component_Items (gnat_component_list));
6796 Present (component_decl);
6797 component_decl = Next_Non_Pragma (component_decl))
6799 Entity_Id gnat_field = Defining_Entity (component_decl);
6800 Name_Id gnat_name = Chars (gnat_field);
6802 /* If present, the _Parent field must have been created as the single
6803 field of the record type. Put it before any other fields. */
6804 if (gnat_name == Name_uParent)
6806 gnu_field = TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_record_type);
6807 gnu_field_list = chainon (gnu_field_list, gnu_field);
6811 gnu_field = gnat_to_gnu_field (gnat_field, gnu_record_type, packed,
6812 definition, debug_info_p);
6814 /* If this is the _Tag field, put it before any other fields. */
6815 if (gnat_name == Name_uTag)
6816 gnu_field_list = chainon (gnu_field_list, gnu_field);
6818 /* If this is the _Controller field, put it before the other
6819 fields except for the _Tag or _Parent field. */
6820 else if (gnat_name == Name_uController && gnu_last)
6822 TREE_CHAIN (gnu_field) = TREE_CHAIN (gnu_last);
6823 TREE_CHAIN (gnu_last) = gnu_field;
6826 /* If this is a regular field, put it after the other fields. */
6829 TREE_CHAIN (gnu_field) = gnu_field_list;
6830 gnu_field_list = gnu_field;
6832 gnu_last = gnu_field;
6836 save_gnu_tree (gnat_field, gnu_field, false);
6839 /* At the end of the component list there may be a variant part. */
6840 variant_part = Variant_Part (gnat_component_list);
6842 /* We create a QUAL_UNION_TYPE for the variant part since the variants are
6843 mutually exclusive and should go in the same memory. To do this we need
6844 to treat each variant as a record whose elements are created from the
6845 component list for the variant. So here we create the records from the
6846 lists for the variants and put them all into the QUAL_UNION_TYPE.
6847 If this is an Unchecked_Union, we make a UNION_TYPE instead or
6848 use GNU_RECORD_TYPE if there are no fields so far. */
6849 if (Present (variant_part))
6851 Node_Id gnat_discr = Name (variant_part), variant;
6852 tree gnu_discr = gnat_to_gnu (gnat_discr);
6853 tree gnu_name = TYPE_NAME (gnu_record_type);
6855 = concat_name (get_identifier (Get_Name_String (Chars (gnat_discr))),
6857 tree gnu_union_type, gnu_union_name, gnu_union_field;
6858 tree gnu_variant_list = NULL_TREE;
6860 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_name) == TYPE_DECL)
6861 gnu_name = DECL_NAME (gnu_name);
6864 = concat_name (gnu_name, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (gnu_var_name));
6866 /* Reuse an enclosing union if all fields are in the variant part
6867 and there is no representation clause on the record, to match
6868 the layout of C unions. There is an associated check below. */
6870 && TREE_CODE (gnu_record_type) == UNION_TYPE
6871 && !TYPE_PACKED (gnu_record_type))
6872 gnu_union_type = gnu_record_type;
6876 = make_node (unchecked_union ? UNION_TYPE : QUAL_UNION_TYPE);
6878 TYPE_NAME (gnu_union_type) = gnu_union_name;
6879 TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_union_type) = 0;
6880 TYPE_PACKED (gnu_union_type) = TYPE_PACKED (gnu_record_type);
6883 for (variant = First_Non_Pragma (Variants (variant_part));
6885 variant = Next_Non_Pragma (variant))
6887 tree gnu_variant_type = make_node (RECORD_TYPE);
6888 tree gnu_inner_name;
6891 Get_Variant_Encoding (variant);
6892 gnu_inner_name = get_identifier_with_length (Name_Buffer, Name_Len);
6893 TYPE_NAME (gnu_variant_type)
6894 = concat_name (gnu_union_name,
6895 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (gnu_inner_name));
6897 /* Set the alignment of the inner type in case we need to make
6898 inner objects into bitfields, but then clear it out so the
6899 record actually gets only the alignment required. */
6900 TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_variant_type) = TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_record_type);
6901 TYPE_PACKED (gnu_variant_type) = TYPE_PACKED (gnu_record_type);
6903 /* Similarly, if the outer record has a size specified and all
6904 fields have record rep clauses, we can propagate the size
6905 into the variant part. */
6906 if (all_rep_and_size)
6908 TYPE_SIZE (gnu_variant_type) = TYPE_SIZE (gnu_record_type);
6909 TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_variant_type)
6910 = TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_record_type);
6913 /* Add the fields into the record type for the variant. Note that
6914 we aren't sure to really use it at this point, see below. */
6915 components_to_record (gnu_variant_type, Component_List (variant),
6916 NULL_TREE, packed, definition,
6917 &gnu_our_rep_list, !all_rep_and_size, all_rep,
6918 unchecked_union, debug_info_p, true);
6920 gnu_qual = choices_to_gnu (gnu_discr, Discrete_Choices (variant));
6922 Set_Present_Expr (variant, annotate_value (gnu_qual));
6924 /* If this is an Unchecked_Union and we have exactly one field,
6925 use this field directly to match the layout of C unions. */
6927 && TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_variant_type)
6928 && !TREE_CHAIN (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_variant_type)))
6929 gnu_field = TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_variant_type);
6932 /* Deal with packedness like in gnat_to_gnu_field. */
6934 = adjust_packed (gnu_variant_type, gnu_record_type, packed);
6936 /* Finalize the record type now. We used to throw away
6937 empty records but we no longer do that because we need
6938 them to generate complete debug info for the variant;
6939 otherwise, the union type definition will be lacking
6940 the fields associated with these empty variants. */
6941 rest_of_record_type_compilation (gnu_variant_type);
6942 create_type_decl (TYPE_NAME (gnu_variant_type), gnu_variant_type,
6943 NULL, true, debug_info_p, gnat_component_list);
6945 gnu_field = create_field_decl (gnu_inner_name, gnu_variant_type,
6946 gnu_union_type, field_packed,
6948 ? TYPE_SIZE (gnu_variant_type)
6951 ? bitsize_zero_node : 0),
6954 DECL_INTERNAL_P (gnu_field) = 1;
6956 if (!unchecked_union)
6957 DECL_QUALIFIER (gnu_field) = gnu_qual;
6960 TREE_CHAIN (gnu_field) = gnu_variant_list;
6961 gnu_variant_list = gnu_field;
6964 /* Only make the QUAL_UNION_TYPE if there are non-empty variants. */
6965 if (gnu_variant_list)
6967 int union_field_packed;
6969 if (all_rep_and_size)
6971 TYPE_SIZE (gnu_union_type) = TYPE_SIZE (gnu_record_type);
6972 TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_union_type)
6973 = TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_record_type);
6976 finish_record_type (gnu_union_type, nreverse (gnu_variant_list),
6977 all_rep_and_size ? 1 : 0, debug_info_p);
6979 /* If GNU_UNION_TYPE is our record type, it means we must have an
6980 Unchecked_Union with no fields. Verify that and, if so, just
6982 if (gnu_union_type == gnu_record_type)
6984 gcc_assert (unchecked_union
6986 && !gnu_our_rep_list);
6990 create_type_decl (TYPE_NAME (gnu_union_type), gnu_union_type,
6991 NULL, true, debug_info_p, gnat_component_list);
6993 /* Deal with packedness like in gnat_to_gnu_field. */
6995 = adjust_packed (gnu_union_type, gnu_record_type, packed);
6998 = create_field_decl (gnu_var_name, gnu_union_type, gnu_record_type,
7000 all_rep ? TYPE_SIZE (gnu_union_type) : 0,
7001 all_rep ? bitsize_zero_node : 0, 0);
7003 DECL_INTERNAL_P (gnu_union_field) = 1;
7004 TREE_CHAIN (gnu_union_field) = gnu_field_list;
7005 gnu_field_list = gnu_union_field;
7009 /* Scan GNU_FIELD_LIST and see if any fields have rep clauses. If they
7010 do, pull them out and put them into GNU_OUR_REP_LIST. We have to do
7011 this in a separate pass since we want to handle the discriminants but
7012 can't play with them until we've used them in debugging data above.
7014 ??? If we then reorder them, debugging information will be wrong but
7015 there's nothing that can be done about this at the moment. */
7016 gnu_last = NULL_TREE;
7017 for (gnu_field = gnu_field_list; gnu_field; gnu_field = gnu_next)
7019 gnu_next = TREE_CHAIN (gnu_field);
7021 if (DECL_FIELD_OFFSET (gnu_field))
7024 gnu_field_list = gnu_next;
7026 TREE_CHAIN (gnu_last) = gnu_next;
7028 TREE_CHAIN (gnu_field) = gnu_our_rep_list;
7029 gnu_our_rep_list = gnu_field;
7032 gnu_last = gnu_field;
7035 /* If we have any fields in our rep'ed field list and it is not the case that
7036 all the fields in the record have rep clauses and P_REP_LIST is nonzero,
7037 set it and ignore these fields. */
7038 if (gnu_our_rep_list && p_gnu_rep_list && !all_rep)
7039 *p_gnu_rep_list = chainon (*p_gnu_rep_list, gnu_our_rep_list);
7041 /* Otherwise, sort the fields by bit position and put them into their own
7042 record, before the others, if we also have fields without rep clauses. */
7043 else if (gnu_our_rep_list)
7046 = (gnu_field_list ? make_node (RECORD_TYPE) : gnu_record_type);
7047 int i, len = list_length (gnu_our_rep_list);
7048 tree *gnu_arr = (tree *) alloca (sizeof (tree) * len);
7050 for (gnu_field = gnu_our_rep_list, i = 0;
7052 gnu_field = TREE_CHAIN (gnu_field), i++)
7053 gnu_arr[i] = gnu_field;
7055 qsort (gnu_arr, len, sizeof (tree), compare_field_bitpos);
7057 /* Put the fields in the list in order of increasing position, which
7058 means we start from the end. */
7059 gnu_our_rep_list = NULL_TREE;
7060 for (i = len - 1; i >= 0; i--)
7062 TREE_CHAIN (gnu_arr[i]) = gnu_our_rep_list;
7063 gnu_our_rep_list = gnu_arr[i];
7064 DECL_CONTEXT (gnu_arr[i]) = gnu_rep_type;
7069 finish_record_type (gnu_rep_type, gnu_our_rep_list, 1, debug_info_p);
7071 = create_field_decl (get_identifier ("REP"), gnu_rep_type,
7072 gnu_record_type, 0, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, 1);
7073 DECL_INTERNAL_P (gnu_field) = 1;
7074 gnu_field_list = chainon (gnu_field_list, gnu_field);
7078 layout_with_rep = true;
7079 gnu_field_list = nreverse (gnu_our_rep_list);
7083 if (cancel_alignment)
7084 TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_record_type) = 0;
7086 finish_record_type (gnu_record_type, nreverse (gnu_field_list),
7087 layout_with_rep ? 1 : 0, debug_info_p && !maybe_unused);
7090 /* Given GNU_SIZE, a GCC tree representing a size, return a Uint to be
7091 placed into an Esize, Component_Bit_Offset, or Component_Size value
7092 in the GNAT tree. */
7095 annotate_value (tree gnu_size)
7098 Node_Ref_Or_Val ops[3], ret;
7099 struct tree_int_map **h = NULL;
7102 /* See if we've already saved the value for this node. */
7103 if (EXPR_P (gnu_size))
7105 struct tree_int_map in;
7106 if (!annotate_value_cache)
7107 annotate_value_cache = htab_create_ggc (512, tree_int_map_hash,
7108 tree_int_map_eq, 0);
7109 in.base.from = gnu_size;
7110 h = (struct tree_int_map **)
7111 htab_find_slot (annotate_value_cache, &in, INSERT);
7114 return (Node_Ref_Or_Val) (*h)->to;
7117 /* If we do not return inside this switch, TCODE will be set to the
7118 code to use for a Create_Node operand and LEN (set above) will be
7119 the number of recursive calls for us to make. */
7121 switch (TREE_CODE (gnu_size))
7124 if (TREE_OVERFLOW (gnu_size))
7127 /* This may come from a conversion from some smaller type, so ensure
7128 this is in bitsizetype. */
7129 gnu_size = convert (bitsizetype, gnu_size);
7131 /* For a negative value, use NEGATE_EXPR of the opposite. Such values
7132 appear in expressions containing aligning patterns. */
7133 if (tree_int_cst_sgn (gnu_size) < 0)
7135 tree op_size = fold_build1 (NEGATE_EXPR, bitsizetype, gnu_size);
7136 return annotate_value (build1 (NEGATE_EXPR, bitsizetype, op_size));
7139 return UI_From_gnu (gnu_size);
7142 /* The only case we handle here is a simple discriminant reference. */
7143 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (gnu_size, 0)) == PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
7144 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (gnu_size, 1)) == FIELD_DECL
7145 && DECL_DISCRIMINANT_NUMBER (TREE_OPERAND (gnu_size, 1)))
7146 return Create_Node (Discrim_Val,
7147 annotate_value (DECL_DISCRIMINANT_NUMBER
7148 (TREE_OPERAND (gnu_size, 1))),
7153 CASE_CONVERT: case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
7154 return annotate_value (TREE_OPERAND (gnu_size, 0));
7156 /* Now just list the operations we handle. */
7157 case COND_EXPR: tcode = Cond_Expr; break;
7158 case PLUS_EXPR: tcode = Plus_Expr; break;
7159 case MINUS_EXPR: tcode = Minus_Expr; break;
7160 case MULT_EXPR: tcode = Mult_Expr; break;
7161 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR: tcode = Trunc_Div_Expr; break;
7162 case CEIL_DIV_EXPR: tcode = Ceil_Div_Expr; break;
7163 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR: tcode = Floor_Div_Expr; break;
7164 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR: tcode = Trunc_Mod_Expr; break;
7165 case CEIL_MOD_EXPR: tcode = Ceil_Mod_Expr; break;
7166 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR: tcode = Floor_Mod_Expr; break;
7167 case EXACT_DIV_EXPR: tcode = Exact_Div_Expr; break;
7168 case NEGATE_EXPR: tcode = Negate_Expr; break;
7169 case MIN_EXPR: tcode = Min_Expr; break;
7170 case MAX_EXPR: tcode = Max_Expr; break;
7171 case ABS_EXPR: tcode = Abs_Expr; break;
7172 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR: tcode = Truth_Andif_Expr; break;
7173 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR: tcode = Truth_Orif_Expr; break;
7174 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR: tcode = Truth_And_Expr; break;
7175 case TRUTH_OR_EXPR: tcode = Truth_Or_Expr; break;
7176 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR: tcode = Truth_Xor_Expr; break;
7177 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR: tcode = Truth_Not_Expr; break;
7178 case BIT_AND_EXPR: tcode = Bit_And_Expr; break;
7179 case LT_EXPR: tcode = Lt_Expr; break;
7180 case LE_EXPR: tcode = Le_Expr; break;
7181 case GT_EXPR: tcode = Gt_Expr; break;
7182 case GE_EXPR: tcode = Ge_Expr; break;
7183 case EQ_EXPR: tcode = Eq_Expr; break;
7184 case NE_EXPR: tcode = Ne_Expr; break;
7188 tree t = maybe_inline_call_in_expr (gnu_size);
7190 return annotate_value (t);
7193 /* Fall through... */
7199 /* Now get each of the operands that's relevant for this code. If any
7200 cannot be expressed as a repinfo node, say we can't. */
7201 for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
7204 for (i = 0; i < TREE_CODE_LENGTH (TREE_CODE (gnu_size)); i++)
7206 ops[i] = annotate_value (TREE_OPERAND (gnu_size, i));
7207 if (ops[i] == No_Uint)
7211 ret = Create_Node (tcode, ops[0], ops[1], ops[2]);
7213 /* Save the result in the cache. */
7216 *h = GGC_NEW (struct tree_int_map);
7217 (*h)->base.from = gnu_size;
7224 /* Given GNAT_ENTITY, an object (constant, variable, parameter, exception)
7225 and GNU_TYPE, its corresponding GCC type, set Esize and Alignment to the
7226 size and alignment used by Gigi. Prefer SIZE over TYPE_SIZE if non-null.
7227 BY_REF is true if the object is used by reference. */
7230 annotate_object (Entity_Id gnat_entity, tree gnu_type, tree size, bool by_ref)
7234 if (TYPE_IS_FAT_POINTER_P (gnu_type))
7235 gnu_type = TYPE_UNCONSTRAINED_ARRAY (gnu_type);
7237 gnu_type = TREE_TYPE (gnu_type);
7240 if (Unknown_Esize (gnat_entity))
7242 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_type) == RECORD_TYPE
7243 && TYPE_CONTAINS_TEMPLATE_P (gnu_type))
7244 size = TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_CHAIN (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_type))));
7246 size = TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type);
7249 Set_Esize (gnat_entity, annotate_value (size));
7252 if (Unknown_Alignment (gnat_entity))
7253 Set_Alignment (gnat_entity,
7254 UI_From_Int (TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_type) / BITS_PER_UNIT));
7257 /* Return first element of field list whose TREE_PURPOSE is the same as ELEM.
7258 Return NULL_TREE if there is no such element in the list. */
7261 purpose_member_field (const_tree elem, tree list)
7265 tree field = TREE_PURPOSE (list);
7266 if (SAME_FIELD_P (field, elem))
7268 list = TREE_CHAIN (list);
7273 /* Given GNAT_ENTITY, a record type, and GNU_TYPE, its corresponding GCC type,
7274 set Component_Bit_Offset and Esize of the components to the position and
7275 size used by Gigi. */
7278 annotate_rep (Entity_Id gnat_entity, tree gnu_type)
7280 Entity_Id gnat_field;
7283 /* We operate by first making a list of all fields and their position (we
7284 can get the size easily) and then update all the sizes in the tree. */
7286 = build_position_list (gnu_type, false, size_zero_node, bitsize_zero_node,
7287 BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT, NULL_TREE);
7289 for (gnat_field = First_Entity (gnat_entity);
7290 Present (gnat_field);
7291 gnat_field = Next_Entity (gnat_field))
7292 if (Ekind (gnat_field) == E_Component
7293 || (Ekind (gnat_field) == E_Discriminant
7294 && !Is_Unchecked_Union (Scope (gnat_field))))
7296 tree t = purpose_member_field (gnat_to_gnu_field_decl (gnat_field),
7302 if (type_annotate_only && Is_Tagged_Type (gnat_entity))
7304 /* In this mode the tag and parent components are not
7305 generated, so we add the appropriate offset to each
7306 component. For a component appearing in the current
7307 extension, the offset is the size of the parent. */
7308 if (Is_Derived_Type (gnat_entity)
7309 && Original_Record_Component (gnat_field) == gnat_field)
7311 = UI_To_gnu (Esize (Etype (Base_Type (gnat_entity))),
7314 parent_offset = bitsize_int (POINTER_SIZE);
7317 parent_offset = bitsize_zero_node;
7319 Set_Component_Bit_Offset
7322 (size_binop (PLUS_EXPR,
7323 bit_from_pos (TREE_VEC_ELT (TREE_VALUE (t), 0),
7324 TREE_VEC_ELT (TREE_VALUE (t), 2)),
7327 Set_Esize (gnat_field,
7328 annotate_value (DECL_SIZE (TREE_PURPOSE (t))));
7330 else if (Is_Tagged_Type (gnat_entity) && Is_Derived_Type (gnat_entity))
7332 /* If there is no entry, this is an inherited component whose
7333 position is the same as in the parent type. */
7334 Set_Component_Bit_Offset
7336 Component_Bit_Offset (Original_Record_Component (gnat_field)));
7338 Set_Esize (gnat_field,
7339 Esize (Original_Record_Component (gnat_field)));
7344 /* Scan all fields in GNU_TYPE and return a TREE_LIST where TREE_PURPOSE is
7345 the FIELD_DECL and TREE_VALUE a TREE_VEC containing the byte position, the
7346 value to be placed into DECL_OFFSET_ALIGN and the bit position. The list
7347 of fields is flattened, except for variant parts if DO_NOT_FLATTEN_VARIANT
7348 is set to true. GNU_POS is to be added to the position, GNU_BITPOS to the
7349 bit position, OFFSET_ALIGN is the present offset alignment. GNU_LIST is a
7350 pre-existing list to be chained to the newly created entries. */
7353 build_position_list (tree gnu_type, bool do_not_flatten_variant, tree gnu_pos,
7354 tree gnu_bitpos, unsigned int offset_align, tree gnu_list)
7358 for (gnu_field = TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_type);
7360 gnu_field = TREE_CHAIN (gnu_field))
7362 tree gnu_our_bitpos = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, gnu_bitpos,
7363 DECL_FIELD_BIT_OFFSET (gnu_field));
7364 tree gnu_our_offset = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, gnu_pos,
7365 DECL_FIELD_OFFSET (gnu_field));
7366 unsigned int our_offset_align
7367 = MIN (offset_align, DECL_OFFSET_ALIGN (gnu_field));
7368 tree v = make_tree_vec (3);
7370 TREE_VEC_ELT (v, 0) = gnu_our_offset;
7371 TREE_VEC_ELT (v, 1) = size_int (our_offset_align);
7372 TREE_VEC_ELT (v, 2) = gnu_our_bitpos;
7373 gnu_list = tree_cons (gnu_field, v, gnu_list);
7375 /* Recurse on internal fields, flattening the nested fields except for
7376 those in the variant part, if requested. */
7377 if (DECL_INTERNAL_P (gnu_field))
7379 tree gnu_field_type = TREE_TYPE (gnu_field);
7380 if (do_not_flatten_variant
7381 && TREE_CODE (gnu_field_type) == QUAL_UNION_TYPE)
7383 = build_position_list (gnu_field_type, do_not_flatten_variant,
7384 size_zero_node, bitsize_zero_node,
7385 BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT, gnu_list);
7388 = build_position_list (gnu_field_type, do_not_flatten_variant,
7389 gnu_our_offset, gnu_our_bitpos,
7390 our_offset_align, gnu_list);
7397 /* Return a TREE_LIST describing the substitutions needed to reflect the
7398 discriminant substitutions from GNAT_TYPE to GNAT_SUBTYPE. They can
7399 be in any order. TREE_PURPOSE gives the tree for the discriminant and
7400 TREE_VALUE is the replacement value. They are in the form of operands
7401 to SUBSTITUTE_IN_EXPR. DEFINITION is true if this is for a definition
7405 build_subst_list (Entity_Id gnat_subtype, Entity_Id gnat_type, bool definition)
7407 tree gnu_list = NULL_TREE;
7408 Entity_Id gnat_discrim;
7411 for (gnat_discrim = First_Stored_Discriminant (gnat_type),
7412 gnat_value = First_Elmt (Stored_Constraint (gnat_subtype));
7413 Present (gnat_discrim);
7414 gnat_discrim = Next_Stored_Discriminant (gnat_discrim),
7415 gnat_value = Next_Elmt (gnat_value))
7416 /* Ignore access discriminants. */
7417 if (!Is_Access_Type (Etype (Node (gnat_value))))
7419 tree gnu_field = gnat_to_gnu_field_decl (gnat_discrim);
7420 gnu_list = tree_cons (gnu_field,
7421 convert (TREE_TYPE (gnu_field),
7422 elaborate_expression
7423 (Node (gnat_value), gnat_subtype,
7424 get_entity_name (gnat_discrim),
7425 definition, true, false)),
7432 /* Scan all fields in QUAL_UNION_TYPE and return a TREE_LIST describing the
7433 variants of QUAL_UNION_TYPE that are still relevant after applying the
7434 substitutions described in SUBST_LIST. TREE_PURPOSE is the type of the
7435 variant and TREE_VALUE is a TREE_VEC containing the field, the new value
7436 of the qualifier and NULL_TREE respectively. GNU_LIST is a pre-existing
7437 list to be chained to the newly created entries. */
7440 build_variant_list (tree qual_union_type, tree subst_list, tree gnu_list)
7444 for (gnu_field = TYPE_FIELDS (qual_union_type);
7446 gnu_field = TREE_CHAIN (gnu_field))
7448 tree t, qual = DECL_QUALIFIER (gnu_field);
7450 for (t = subst_list; t; t = TREE_CHAIN (t))
7451 qual = SUBSTITUTE_IN_EXPR (qual, TREE_PURPOSE (t), TREE_VALUE (t));
7453 /* If the new qualifier is not unconditionally false, its variant may
7454 still be accessed. */
7455 if (!integer_zerop (qual))
7457 tree variant_type = TREE_TYPE (gnu_field), variant_subpart;
7458 tree v = make_tree_vec (3);
7459 TREE_VEC_ELT (v, 0) = gnu_field;
7460 TREE_VEC_ELT (v, 1) = qual;
7461 TREE_VEC_ELT (v, 2) = NULL_TREE;
7462 gnu_list = tree_cons (variant_type, v, gnu_list);
7464 /* Recurse on the variant subpart of the variant, if any. */
7465 variant_subpart = get_variant_part (variant_type);
7466 if (variant_subpart)
7467 gnu_list = build_variant_list (TREE_TYPE (variant_subpart),
7468 subst_list, gnu_list);
7470 /* If the new qualifier is unconditionally true, the subsequent
7471 variants cannot be accessed. */
7472 if (integer_onep (qual))
7480 /* UINT_SIZE is a Uint giving the specified size for an object of GNU_TYPE
7481 corresponding to GNAT_OBJECT. If size is valid, return a tree corresponding
7482 to its value. Otherwise return 0. KIND is VAR_DECL is we are specifying
7483 the size for an object, TYPE_DECL for the size of a type, and FIELD_DECL
7484 for the size of a field. COMPONENT_P is true if we are being called
7485 to process the Component_Size of GNAT_OBJECT. This is used for error
7486 message handling and to indicate to use the object size of GNU_TYPE.
7487 ZERO_OK is true if a size of zero is permitted; if ZERO_OK is false,
7488 it means that a size of zero should be treated as an unspecified size. */
7491 validate_size (Uint uint_size, tree gnu_type, Entity_Id gnat_object,
7492 enum tree_code kind, bool component_p, bool zero_ok)
7494 Node_Id gnat_error_node;
7495 tree type_size, size;
7497 /* Return 0 if no size was specified. */
7498 if (uint_size == No_Uint)
7501 /* Find the node to use for errors. */
7502 if ((Ekind (gnat_object) == E_Component
7503 || Ekind (gnat_object) == E_Discriminant)
7504 && Present (Component_Clause (gnat_object)))
7505 gnat_error_node = Last_Bit (Component_Clause (gnat_object));
7506 else if (Present (Size_Clause (gnat_object)))
7507 gnat_error_node = Expression (Size_Clause (gnat_object));
7509 gnat_error_node = gnat_object;
7511 /* Get the size as a tree. Issue an error if a size was specified but
7512 cannot be represented in sizetype. */
7513 size = UI_To_gnu (uint_size, bitsizetype);
7514 if (TREE_OVERFLOW (size))
7517 post_error_ne ("component size of & is too large", gnat_error_node,
7520 post_error_ne ("size of & is too large", gnat_error_node,
7525 /* Ignore a negative size since that corresponds to our back-annotation.
7526 Also ignore a zero size if it is not permitted. */
7527 if (tree_int_cst_sgn (size) < 0 || (integer_zerop (size) && !zero_ok))
7530 /* The size of objects is always a multiple of a byte. */
7531 if (kind == VAR_DECL
7532 && !integer_zerop (size_binop (TRUNC_MOD_EXPR, size, bitsize_unit_node)))
7535 post_error_ne ("component size for& is not a multiple of Storage_Unit",
7536 gnat_error_node, gnat_object);
7538 post_error_ne ("size for& is not a multiple of Storage_Unit",
7539 gnat_error_node, gnat_object);
7543 /* If this is an integral type or a packed array type, the front-end has
7544 verified the size, so we need not do it here (which would entail
7545 checking against the bounds). However, if this is an aliased object,
7546 it may not be smaller than the type of the object. */
7547 if ((INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (gnu_type) || TYPE_IS_PACKED_ARRAY_TYPE_P (gnu_type))
7548 && !(kind == VAR_DECL && Is_Aliased (gnat_object)))
7551 /* If the object is a record that contains a template, add the size of
7552 the template to the specified size. */
7553 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_type) == RECORD_TYPE
7554 && TYPE_CONTAINS_TEMPLATE_P (gnu_type))
7555 size = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, DECL_SIZE (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_type)), size);
7557 if (kind == VAR_DECL
7558 /* If a type needs strict alignment, a component of this type in
7559 a packed record cannot be packed and thus uses the type size. */
7560 || (kind == TYPE_DECL && Strict_Alignment (gnat_object)))
7561 type_size = TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type);
7563 type_size = rm_size (gnu_type);
7565 /* Modify the size of the type to be that of the maximum size if it has a
7567 if (type_size && CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (type_size))
7568 type_size = max_size (type_size, true);
7570 /* If this is an access type or a fat pointer, the minimum size is that given
7571 by the smallest integral mode that's valid for pointers. */
7572 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_type) == POINTER_TYPE || TYPE_IS_FAT_POINTER_P (gnu_type))
7574 enum machine_mode p_mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT);
7575 while (!targetm.valid_pointer_mode (p_mode))
7576 p_mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (p_mode);
7577 type_size = bitsize_int (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (p_mode));
7580 /* If the size of the object is a constant, the new size must not be
7582 if (TREE_CODE (type_size) != INTEGER_CST
7583 || TREE_OVERFLOW (type_size)
7584 || tree_int_cst_lt (size, type_size))
7588 ("component size for& too small{, minimum allowed is ^}",
7589 gnat_error_node, gnat_object, type_size);
7592 ("size for& too small{, minimum allowed is ^}",
7593 gnat_error_node, gnat_object, type_size);
7601 /* Similarly, but both validate and process a value of RM size. This
7602 routine is only called for types. */
7605 set_rm_size (Uint uint_size, tree gnu_type, Entity_Id gnat_entity)
7607 Node_Id gnat_attr_node;
7608 tree old_size, size;
7610 /* Do nothing if no size was specified. */
7611 if (uint_size == No_Uint)
7614 /* Only issue an error if a Value_Size clause was explicitly given.
7615 Otherwise, we'd be duplicating an error on the Size clause. */
7617 = Get_Attribute_Definition_Clause (gnat_entity, Attr_Value_Size);
7619 /* Get the size as a tree. Issue an error if a size was specified but
7620 cannot be represented in sizetype. */
7621 size = UI_To_gnu (uint_size, bitsizetype);
7622 if (TREE_OVERFLOW (size))
7624 if (Present (gnat_attr_node))
7625 post_error_ne ("Value_Size of & is too large", gnat_attr_node,
7630 /* Ignore a negative size since that corresponds to our back-annotation.
7631 Also ignore a zero size unless a Value_Size clause exists, or a size
7632 clause exists, or this is an integer type, in which case the front-end
7633 will have always set it. */
7634 if (tree_int_cst_sgn (size) < 0
7635 || (integer_zerop (size)
7636 && No (gnat_attr_node)
7637 && !Has_Size_Clause (gnat_entity)
7638 && !Is_Discrete_Or_Fixed_Point_Type (gnat_entity)))
7641 old_size = rm_size (gnu_type);
7643 /* If the old size is self-referential, get the maximum size. */
7644 if (CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (old_size))
7645 old_size = max_size (old_size, true);
7647 /* If the size of the object is a constant, the new size must not be smaller
7648 (the front-end has verified this for scalar and packed array types). */
7649 if (TREE_CODE (old_size) != INTEGER_CST
7650 || TREE_OVERFLOW (old_size)
7651 || (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (gnu_type)
7652 && !(TREE_CODE (gnu_type) == ARRAY_TYPE
7653 && TYPE_PACKED_ARRAY_TYPE_P (gnu_type))
7654 && !(TYPE_IS_PADDING_P (gnu_type)
7655 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_type))) == ARRAY_TYPE
7656 && TYPE_PACKED_ARRAY_TYPE_P
7657 (TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_type))))
7658 && tree_int_cst_lt (size, old_size)))
7660 if (Present (gnat_attr_node))
7662 ("Value_Size for& too small{, minimum allowed is ^}",
7663 gnat_attr_node, gnat_entity, old_size);
7667 /* Otherwise, set the RM size proper for integral types... */
7668 if ((TREE_CODE (gnu_type) == INTEGER_TYPE
7669 && Is_Discrete_Or_Fixed_Point_Type (gnat_entity))
7670 || (TREE_CODE (gnu_type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
7671 || TREE_CODE (gnu_type) == BOOLEAN_TYPE))
7672 SET_TYPE_RM_SIZE (gnu_type, size);
7674 /* ...or the Ada size for record and union types. */
7675 else if ((TREE_CODE (gnu_type) == RECORD_TYPE
7676 || TREE_CODE (gnu_type) == UNION_TYPE
7677 || TREE_CODE (gnu_type) == QUAL_UNION_TYPE)
7678 && !TYPE_FAT_POINTER_P (gnu_type))
7679 SET_TYPE_ADA_SIZE (gnu_type, size);
7682 /* Given a type TYPE, return a new type whose size is appropriate for SIZE.
7683 If TYPE is the best type, return it. Otherwise, make a new type. We
7684 only support new integral and pointer types. FOR_BIASED is true if
7685 we are making a biased type. */
7688 make_type_from_size (tree type, tree size_tree, bool for_biased)
7690 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size;
7694 /* If size indicates an error, just return TYPE to avoid propagating
7695 the error. Likewise if it's too large to represent. */
7696 if (!size_tree || !host_integerp (size_tree, 1))
7699 size = tree_low_cst (size_tree, 1);
7701 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
7706 biased_p = (TREE_CODE (type) == INTEGER_TYPE
7707 && TYPE_BIASED_REPRESENTATION_P (type));
7709 /* Integer types with precision 0 are forbidden. */
7713 /* Only do something if the type is not a packed array type and
7714 doesn't already have the proper size. */
7715 if (TYPE_PACKED_ARRAY_TYPE_P (type)
7716 || (TYPE_PRECISION (type) == size && biased_p == for_biased))
7719 biased_p |= for_biased;
7720 if (size > LONG_LONG_TYPE_SIZE)
7721 size = LONG_LONG_TYPE_SIZE;
7723 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type) || biased_p)
7724 new_type = make_unsigned_type (size);
7726 new_type = make_signed_type (size);
7727 TREE_TYPE (new_type) = TREE_TYPE (type) ? TREE_TYPE (type) : type;
7728 SET_TYPE_RM_MIN_VALUE (new_type,
7729 convert (TREE_TYPE (new_type),
7730 TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type)));
7731 SET_TYPE_RM_MAX_VALUE (new_type,
7732 convert (TREE_TYPE (new_type),
7733 TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type)));
7734 /* Copy the name to show that it's essentially the same type and
7735 not a subrange type. */
7736 TYPE_NAME (new_type) = TYPE_NAME (type);
7737 TYPE_BIASED_REPRESENTATION_P (new_type) = biased_p;
7738 SET_TYPE_RM_SIZE (new_type, bitsize_int (size));
7742 /* Do something if this is a fat pointer, in which case we
7743 may need to return the thin pointer. */
7744 if (TYPE_FAT_POINTER_P (type) && size < POINTER_SIZE * 2)
7746 enum machine_mode p_mode = mode_for_size (size, MODE_INT, 0);
7747 if (!targetm.valid_pointer_mode (p_mode))
7750 build_pointer_type_for_mode
7751 (TYPE_OBJECT_RECORD_TYPE (TYPE_UNCONSTRAINED_ARRAY (type)),
7757 /* Only do something if this is a thin pointer, in which case we
7758 may need to return the fat pointer. */
7759 if (TYPE_IS_THIN_POINTER_P (type) && size >= POINTER_SIZE * 2)
7761 build_pointer_type (TYPE_UNCONSTRAINED_ARRAY (TREE_TYPE (type)));
7771 /* ALIGNMENT is a Uint giving the alignment specified for GNAT_ENTITY,
7772 a type or object whose present alignment is ALIGN. If this alignment is
7773 valid, return it. Otherwise, give an error and return ALIGN. */
7776 validate_alignment (Uint alignment, Entity_Id gnat_entity, unsigned int align)
7778 unsigned int max_allowed_alignment = get_target_maximum_allowed_alignment ();
7779 unsigned int new_align;
7780 Node_Id gnat_error_node;
7782 /* Don't worry about checking alignment if alignment was not specified
7783 by the source program and we already posted an error for this entity. */
7784 if (Error_Posted (gnat_entity) && !Has_Alignment_Clause (gnat_entity))
7787 /* Post the error on the alignment clause if any. Note, for the implicit
7788 base type of an array type, the alignment clause is on the first
7790 if (Present (Alignment_Clause (gnat_entity)))
7791 gnat_error_node = Expression (Alignment_Clause (gnat_entity));
7793 else if (Is_Itype (gnat_entity)
7794 && Is_Array_Type (gnat_entity)
7795 && Etype (gnat_entity) == gnat_entity
7796 && Present (Alignment_Clause (First_Subtype (gnat_entity))))
7798 Expression (Alignment_Clause (First_Subtype (gnat_entity)));
7801 gnat_error_node = gnat_entity;
7803 /* Within GCC, an alignment is an integer, so we must make sure a value is
7804 specified that fits in that range. Also, there is an upper bound to
7805 alignments we can support/allow. */
7806 if (!UI_Is_In_Int_Range (alignment)
7807 || ((new_align = UI_To_Int (alignment)) > max_allowed_alignment))
7808 post_error_ne_num ("largest supported alignment for& is ^",
7809 gnat_error_node, gnat_entity, max_allowed_alignment);
7810 else if (!(Present (Alignment_Clause (gnat_entity))
7811 && From_At_Mod (Alignment_Clause (gnat_entity)))
7812 && new_align * BITS_PER_UNIT < align)
7814 unsigned int double_align;
7815 bool is_capped_double, align_clause;
7817 /* If the default alignment of "double" or larger scalar types is
7818 specifically capped and the new alignment is above the cap, do
7819 not post an error and change the alignment only if there is an
7820 alignment clause; this makes it possible to have the associated
7821 GCC type overaligned by default for performance reasons. */
7822 if ((double_align = double_float_alignment) > 0)
7825 = Is_Type (gnat_entity) ? gnat_entity : Etype (gnat_entity);
7827 = is_double_float_or_array (gnat_type, &align_clause);
7829 else if ((double_align = double_scalar_alignment) > 0)
7832 = Is_Type (gnat_entity) ? gnat_entity : Etype (gnat_entity);
7834 = is_double_scalar_or_array (gnat_type, &align_clause);
7837 is_capped_double = align_clause = false;
7839 if (is_capped_double && new_align >= double_align)
7842 align = new_align * BITS_PER_UNIT;
7846 if (is_capped_double)
7847 align = double_align * BITS_PER_UNIT;
7849 post_error_ne_num ("alignment for& must be at least ^",
7850 gnat_error_node, gnat_entity,
7851 align / BITS_PER_UNIT);
7856 new_align = (new_align > 0 ? new_align * BITS_PER_UNIT : 1);
7857 if (new_align > align)
7864 /* Return the smallest alignment not less than SIZE. */
7867 ceil_alignment (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size)
7869 return (unsigned int) 1 << (floor_log2 (size - 1) + 1);
7872 /* Verify that OBJECT, a type or decl, is something we can implement
7873 atomically. If not, give an error for GNAT_ENTITY. COMP_P is true
7874 if we require atomic components. */
7877 check_ok_for_atomic (tree object, Entity_Id gnat_entity, bool comp_p)
7879 Node_Id gnat_error_point = gnat_entity;
7881 enum machine_mode mode;
7885 /* There are three case of what OBJECT can be. It can be a type, in which
7886 case we take the size, alignment and mode from the type. It can be a
7887 declaration that was indirect, in which case the relevant values are
7888 that of the type being pointed to, or it can be a normal declaration,
7889 in which case the values are of the decl. The code below assumes that
7890 OBJECT is either a type or a decl. */
7891 if (TYPE_P (object))
7893 /* If this is an anonymous base type, nothing to check. Error will be
7894 reported on the source type. */
7895 if (!Comes_From_Source (gnat_entity))
7898 mode = TYPE_MODE (object);
7899 align = TYPE_ALIGN (object);
7900 size = TYPE_SIZE (object);
7902 else if (DECL_BY_REF_P (object))
7904 mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (object)));
7905 align = TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (object)));
7906 size = TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (object)));
7910 mode = DECL_MODE (object);
7911 align = DECL_ALIGN (object);
7912 size = DECL_SIZE (object);
7915 /* Consider all floating-point types atomic and any types that that are
7916 represented by integers no wider than a machine word. */
7917 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT
7918 || ((GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
7919 || GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_PARTIAL_INT)
7920 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= BITS_PER_WORD))
7923 /* For the moment, also allow anything that has an alignment equal
7924 to its size and which is smaller than a word. */
7925 if (size && TREE_CODE (size) == INTEGER_CST
7926 && compare_tree_int (size, align) == 0
7927 && align <= BITS_PER_WORD)
7930 for (gnat_node = First_Rep_Item (gnat_entity); Present (gnat_node);
7931 gnat_node = Next_Rep_Item (gnat_node))
7933 if (!comp_p && Nkind (gnat_node) == N_Pragma
7934 && (Get_Pragma_Id (Chars (Pragma_Identifier (gnat_node)))
7936 gnat_error_point = First (Pragma_Argument_Associations (gnat_node));
7937 else if (comp_p && Nkind (gnat_node) == N_Pragma
7938 && (Get_Pragma_Id (Chars (Pragma_Identifier (gnat_node)))
7939 == Pragma_Atomic_Components))
7940 gnat_error_point = First (Pragma_Argument_Associations (gnat_node));
7944 post_error_ne ("atomic access to component of & cannot be guaranteed",
7945 gnat_error_point, gnat_entity);
7947 post_error_ne ("atomic access to & cannot be guaranteed",
7948 gnat_error_point, gnat_entity);
7951 /* Check if FTYPE1 and FTYPE2, two potentially different function type nodes,
7952 have compatible signatures so that a call using one type may be safely
7953 issued if the actual target function type is the other. Return 1 if it is
7954 the case, 0 otherwise, and post errors on the incompatibilities.
7956 This is used when an Ada subprogram is mapped onto a GCC builtin, to ensure
7957 that calls to the subprogram will have arguments suitable for the later
7958 underlying builtin expansion. */
7961 compatible_signatures_p (tree ftype1, tree ftype2)
7963 /* As of now, we only perform very trivial tests and consider it's the
7964 programmer's responsibility to ensure the type correctness in the Ada
7965 declaration, as in the regular Import cases.
7967 Mismatches typically result in either error messages from the builtin
7968 expander, internal compiler errors, or in a real call sequence. This
7969 should be refined to issue diagnostics helping error detection and
7972 /* Almost fake test, ensuring a use of each argument. */
7973 if (ftype1 == ftype2)
7979 /* Return a FIELD_DECL node modeled on OLD_FIELD. FIELD_TYPE is its type
7980 and RECORD_TYPE is the type of the parent. If SIZE is nonzero, it is the
7981 specified size for this field. POS_LIST is a position list describing
7982 the layout of OLD_FIELD and SUBST_LIST a substitution list to be applied
7986 create_field_decl_from (tree old_field, tree field_type, tree record_type,
7987 tree size, tree pos_list, tree subst_list)
7989 tree t = TREE_VALUE (purpose_member (old_field, pos_list));
7990 tree pos = TREE_VEC_ELT (t, 0), bitpos = TREE_VEC_ELT (t, 2);
7991 unsigned int offset_align = tree_low_cst (TREE_VEC_ELT (t, 1), 1);
7992 tree new_pos, new_field;
7994 if (CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (pos))
7995 for (t = subst_list; t; t = TREE_CHAIN (t))
7996 pos = SUBSTITUTE_IN_EXPR (pos, TREE_PURPOSE (t), TREE_VALUE (t));
7998 /* If the position is now a constant, we can set it as the position of the
7999 field when we make it. Otherwise, we need to deal with it specially. */
8000 if (TREE_CONSTANT (pos))
8001 new_pos = bit_from_pos (pos, bitpos);
8003 new_pos = NULL_TREE;
8006 = create_field_decl (DECL_NAME (old_field), field_type, record_type,
8007 DECL_PACKED (old_field), size, new_pos,
8008 !DECL_NONADDRESSABLE_P (old_field));
8012 normalize_offset (&pos, &bitpos, offset_align);
8013 DECL_FIELD_OFFSET (new_field) = pos;
8014 DECL_FIELD_BIT_OFFSET (new_field) = bitpos;
8015 SET_DECL_OFFSET_ALIGN (new_field, offset_align);
8016 DECL_SIZE (new_field) = size;
8017 DECL_SIZE_UNIT (new_field)
8018 = convert (sizetype,
8019 size_binop (CEIL_DIV_EXPR, size, bitsize_unit_node));
8020 layout_decl (new_field, DECL_OFFSET_ALIGN (new_field));
8023 DECL_INTERNAL_P (new_field) = DECL_INTERNAL_P (old_field);
8024 SET_DECL_ORIGINAL_FIELD_TO_FIELD (new_field, old_field);
8025 DECL_DISCRIMINANT_NUMBER (new_field) = DECL_DISCRIMINANT_NUMBER (old_field);
8026 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (new_field) = TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (old_field);
8031 /* Return the REP part of RECORD_TYPE, if any. Otherwise return NULL. */
8034 get_rep_part (tree record_type)
8036 tree field = TYPE_FIELDS (record_type);
8038 /* The REP part is the first field, internal, another record, and its name
8039 doesn't start with an underscore (i.e. is not generated by the FE). */
8040 if (DECL_INTERNAL_P (field)
8041 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == RECORD_TYPE
8042 && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (field)) [0] != '_')
8048 /* Return the variant part of RECORD_TYPE, if any. Otherwise return NULL. */
8051 get_variant_part (tree record_type)
8055 /* The variant part is the only internal field that is a qualified union. */
8056 for (field = TYPE_FIELDS (record_type); field; field = TREE_CHAIN (field))
8057 if (DECL_INTERNAL_P (field)
8058 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == QUAL_UNION_TYPE)
8064 /* Return a new variant part modeled on OLD_VARIANT_PART. VARIANT_LIST is
8065 the list of variants to be used and RECORD_TYPE is the type of the parent.
8066 POS_LIST is a position list describing the layout of fields present in
8067 OLD_VARIANT_PART and SUBST_LIST a substitution list to be applied to this
8071 create_variant_part_from (tree old_variant_part, tree variant_list,
8072 tree record_type, tree pos_list, tree subst_list)
8074 tree offset = DECL_FIELD_OFFSET (old_variant_part);
8075 tree bitpos = DECL_FIELD_BIT_OFFSET (old_variant_part);
8076 tree old_union_type = TREE_TYPE (old_variant_part);
8077 tree new_union_type, new_variant_part, t;
8078 tree union_field_list = NULL_TREE;
8080 /* First create the type of the variant part from that of the old one. */
8081 new_union_type = make_node (QUAL_UNION_TYPE);
8082 TYPE_NAME (new_union_type) = DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (old_union_type));
8084 /* If the position of the variant part is constant, subtract it from the
8085 size of the type of the parent to get the new size. This manual CSE
8086 reduces the code size when not optimizing. */
8087 if (TREE_CODE (offset) == INTEGER_CST && TREE_CODE (bitpos) == INTEGER_CST)
8089 tree first_bit = bit_from_pos (offset, bitpos);
8090 TYPE_SIZE (new_union_type)
8091 = size_binop (MINUS_EXPR, TYPE_SIZE (record_type), first_bit);
8092 TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (new_union_type)
8093 = size_binop (MINUS_EXPR, TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (record_type),
8094 byte_from_pos (offset, bitpos));
8095 SET_TYPE_ADA_SIZE (new_union_type,
8096 size_binop (MINUS_EXPR, TYPE_ADA_SIZE (record_type),
8098 TYPE_ALIGN (new_union_type) = TYPE_ALIGN (old_union_type);
8099 relate_alias_sets (new_union_type, old_union_type, ALIAS_SET_COPY);
8102 copy_and_substitute_in_size (new_union_type, old_union_type, subst_list);
8104 /* Now finish up the new variants and populate the union type. */
8105 for (t = variant_list; t; t = TREE_CHAIN (t))
8107 tree old_field = TREE_VEC_ELT (TREE_VALUE (t), 0), new_field;
8108 tree old_variant, old_variant_subpart, new_variant, field_list;
8110 /* Skip variants that don't belong to this nesting level. */
8111 if (DECL_CONTEXT (old_field) != old_union_type)
8114 /* Retrieve the list of fields already added to the new variant. */
8115 new_variant = TREE_VEC_ELT (TREE_VALUE (t), 2);
8116 field_list = TYPE_FIELDS (new_variant);
8118 /* If the old variant had a variant subpart, we need to create a new
8119 variant subpart and add it to the field list. */
8120 old_variant = TREE_PURPOSE (t);
8121 old_variant_subpart = get_variant_part (old_variant);
8122 if (old_variant_subpart)
8124 tree new_variant_subpart
8125 = create_variant_part_from (old_variant_subpart, variant_list,
8126 new_variant, pos_list, subst_list);
8127 TREE_CHAIN (new_variant_subpart) = field_list;
8128 field_list = new_variant_subpart;
8131 /* Finish up the new variant and create the field. No need for debug
8132 info thanks to the XVS type. */
8133 finish_record_type (new_variant, nreverse (field_list), 2, false);
8134 compute_record_mode (new_variant);
8135 create_type_decl (TYPE_NAME (new_variant), new_variant, NULL,
8136 true, false, Empty);
8139 = create_field_decl_from (old_field, new_variant, new_union_type,
8140 TYPE_SIZE (new_variant),
8141 pos_list, subst_list);
8142 DECL_QUALIFIER (new_field) = TREE_VEC_ELT (TREE_VALUE (t), 1);
8143 DECL_INTERNAL_P (new_field) = 1;
8144 TREE_CHAIN (new_field) = union_field_list;
8145 union_field_list = new_field;
8148 /* Finish up the union type and create the variant part. No need for debug
8149 info thanks to the XVS type. */
8150 finish_record_type (new_union_type, union_field_list, 2, false);
8151 compute_record_mode (new_union_type);
8152 create_type_decl (TYPE_NAME (new_union_type), new_union_type, NULL,
8153 true, false, Empty);
8156 = create_field_decl_from (old_variant_part, new_union_type, record_type,
8157 TYPE_SIZE (new_union_type),
8158 pos_list, subst_list);
8159 DECL_INTERNAL_P (new_variant_part) = 1;
8161 /* With multiple discriminants it is possible for an inner variant to be
8162 statically selected while outer ones are not; in this case, the list
8163 of fields of the inner variant is not flattened and we end up with a
8164 qualified union with a single member. Drop the useless container. */
8165 if (!TREE_CHAIN (union_field_list))
8167 DECL_CONTEXT (union_field_list) = record_type;
8168 DECL_FIELD_OFFSET (union_field_list)
8169 = DECL_FIELD_OFFSET (new_variant_part);
8170 DECL_FIELD_BIT_OFFSET (union_field_list)
8171 = DECL_FIELD_BIT_OFFSET (new_variant_part);
8172 SET_DECL_OFFSET_ALIGN (union_field_list,
8173 DECL_OFFSET_ALIGN (new_variant_part));
8174 new_variant_part = union_field_list;
8177 return new_variant_part;
8180 /* Copy the size (and alignment and alias set) from OLD_TYPE to NEW_TYPE,
8181 which are both RECORD_TYPE, after applying the substitutions described
8185 copy_and_substitute_in_size (tree new_type, tree old_type, tree subst_list)
8189 TYPE_SIZE (new_type) = TYPE_SIZE (old_type);
8190 TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (new_type) = TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (old_type);
8191 SET_TYPE_ADA_SIZE (new_type, TYPE_ADA_SIZE (old_type));
8192 TYPE_ALIGN (new_type) = TYPE_ALIGN (old_type);
8193 relate_alias_sets (new_type, old_type, ALIAS_SET_COPY);
8195 if (CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (TYPE_SIZE (new_type)))
8196 for (t = subst_list; t; t = TREE_CHAIN (t))
8197 TYPE_SIZE (new_type)
8198 = SUBSTITUTE_IN_EXPR (TYPE_SIZE (new_type),
8202 if (CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (new_type)))
8203 for (t = subst_list; t; t = TREE_CHAIN (t))
8204 TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (new_type)
8205 = SUBSTITUTE_IN_EXPR (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (new_type),
8209 if (CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (TYPE_ADA_SIZE (new_type)))
8210 for (t = subst_list; t; t = TREE_CHAIN (t))
8212 (new_type, SUBSTITUTE_IN_EXPR (TYPE_ADA_SIZE (new_type),
8216 /* Finalize the size. */
8217 TYPE_SIZE (new_type) = variable_size (TYPE_SIZE (new_type));
8218 TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (new_type) = variable_size (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (new_type));
8221 /* Given a type T, a FIELD_DECL F, and a replacement value R, return a
8222 type with all size expressions that contain F in a PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
8223 updated by replacing F with R.
8225 The function doesn't update the layout of the type, i.e. it assumes
8226 that the substitution is purely formal. That's why the replacement
8227 value R must itself contain a PLACEHOLDER_EXPR. */
8230 substitute_in_type (tree t, tree f, tree r)
8234 gcc_assert (CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (r));
8236 switch (TREE_CODE (t))
8243 /* First the domain types of arrays. */
8244 if (CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (TYPE_GCC_MIN_VALUE (t))
8245 || CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (TYPE_GCC_MAX_VALUE (t)))
8247 tree low = SUBSTITUTE_IN_EXPR (TYPE_GCC_MIN_VALUE (t), f, r);
8248 tree high = SUBSTITUTE_IN_EXPR (TYPE_GCC_MAX_VALUE (t), f, r);
8250 if (low == TYPE_GCC_MIN_VALUE (t) && high == TYPE_GCC_MAX_VALUE (t))
8254 TYPE_GCC_MIN_VALUE (nt) = low;
8255 TYPE_GCC_MAX_VALUE (nt) = high;
8257 if (TREE_CODE (t) == INTEGER_TYPE && TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (t))
8259 (nt, substitute_in_type (TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (t), f, r));
8264 /* Then the subtypes. */
8265 if (CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (TYPE_RM_MIN_VALUE (t))
8266 || CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (TYPE_RM_MAX_VALUE (t)))
8268 tree low = SUBSTITUTE_IN_EXPR (TYPE_RM_MIN_VALUE (t), f, r);
8269 tree high = SUBSTITUTE_IN_EXPR (TYPE_RM_MAX_VALUE (t), f, r);
8271 if (low == TYPE_RM_MIN_VALUE (t) && high == TYPE_RM_MAX_VALUE (t))
8275 SET_TYPE_RM_MIN_VALUE (nt, low);
8276 SET_TYPE_RM_MAX_VALUE (nt, high);
8284 nt = substitute_in_type (TREE_TYPE (t), f, r);
8285 if (nt == TREE_TYPE (t))
8288 return build_complex_type (nt);
8294 /* These should never show up here. */
8299 tree component = substitute_in_type (TREE_TYPE (t), f, r);
8300 tree domain = substitute_in_type (TYPE_DOMAIN (t), f, r);
8302 if (component == TREE_TYPE (t) && domain == TYPE_DOMAIN (t))
8305 nt = build_array_type (component, domain);
8306 TYPE_ALIGN (nt) = TYPE_ALIGN (t);
8307 TYPE_USER_ALIGN (nt) = TYPE_USER_ALIGN (t);
8308 SET_TYPE_MODE (nt, TYPE_MODE (t));
8309 TYPE_SIZE (nt) = SUBSTITUTE_IN_EXPR (TYPE_SIZE (t), f, r);
8310 TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (nt) = SUBSTITUTE_IN_EXPR (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (t), f, r);
8311 TYPE_NONALIASED_COMPONENT (nt) = TYPE_NONALIASED_COMPONENT (t);
8312 TYPE_MULTI_ARRAY_P (nt) = TYPE_MULTI_ARRAY_P (t);
8313 TYPE_CONVENTION_FORTRAN_P (nt) = TYPE_CONVENTION_FORTRAN_P (t);
8319 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
8321 bool changed_field = false;
8324 /* Start out with no fields, make new fields, and chain them
8325 in. If we haven't actually changed the type of any field,
8326 discard everything we've done and return the old type. */
8328 TYPE_FIELDS (nt) = NULL_TREE;
8330 for (field = TYPE_FIELDS (t); field; field = TREE_CHAIN (field))
8332 tree new_field = copy_node (field), new_n;
8334 new_n = substitute_in_type (TREE_TYPE (field), f, r);
8335 if (new_n != TREE_TYPE (field))
8337 TREE_TYPE (new_field) = new_n;
8338 changed_field = true;
8341 new_n = SUBSTITUTE_IN_EXPR (DECL_FIELD_OFFSET (field), f, r);
8342 if (new_n != DECL_FIELD_OFFSET (field))
8344 DECL_FIELD_OFFSET (new_field) = new_n;
8345 changed_field = true;
8348 /* Do the substitution inside the qualifier, if any. */
8349 if (TREE_CODE (t) == QUAL_UNION_TYPE)
8351 new_n = SUBSTITUTE_IN_EXPR (DECL_QUALIFIER (field), f, r);
8352 if (new_n != DECL_QUALIFIER (field))
8354 DECL_QUALIFIER (new_field) = new_n;
8355 changed_field = true;
8359 DECL_CONTEXT (new_field) = nt;
8360 SET_DECL_ORIGINAL_FIELD_TO_FIELD (new_field, field);
8362 TREE_CHAIN (new_field) = TYPE_FIELDS (nt);
8363 TYPE_FIELDS (nt) = new_field;
8369 TYPE_FIELDS (nt) = nreverse (TYPE_FIELDS (nt));
8370 TYPE_SIZE (nt) = SUBSTITUTE_IN_EXPR (TYPE_SIZE (t), f, r);
8371 TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (nt) = SUBSTITUTE_IN_EXPR (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (t), f, r);
8372 SET_TYPE_ADA_SIZE (nt, SUBSTITUTE_IN_EXPR (TYPE_ADA_SIZE (t), f, r));
8381 /* Return the RM size of GNU_TYPE. This is the actual number of bits
8382 needed to represent the object. */
8385 rm_size (tree gnu_type)
8387 /* For integral types, we store the RM size explicitly. */
8388 if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (gnu_type) && TYPE_RM_SIZE (gnu_type))
8389 return TYPE_RM_SIZE (gnu_type);
8391 /* Return the RM size of the actual data plus the size of the template. */
8392 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_type) == RECORD_TYPE
8393 && TYPE_CONTAINS_TEMPLATE_P (gnu_type))
8395 size_binop (PLUS_EXPR,
8396 rm_size (TREE_TYPE (TREE_CHAIN (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_type)))),
8397 DECL_SIZE (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_type)));
8399 /* For record types, we store the size explicitly. */
8400 if ((TREE_CODE (gnu_type) == RECORD_TYPE
8401 || TREE_CODE (gnu_type) == UNION_TYPE
8402 || TREE_CODE (gnu_type) == QUAL_UNION_TYPE)
8403 && !TYPE_FAT_POINTER_P (gnu_type)
8404 && TYPE_ADA_SIZE (gnu_type))
8405 return TYPE_ADA_SIZE (gnu_type);
8407 /* For other types, this is just the size. */
8408 return TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type);
8411 /* Return the name to be used for GNAT_ENTITY. If a type, create a
8412 fully-qualified name, possibly with type information encoding.
8413 Otherwise, return the name. */
8416 get_entity_name (Entity_Id gnat_entity)
8418 Get_Encoded_Name (gnat_entity);
8419 return get_identifier_with_length (Name_Buffer, Name_Len);
8422 /* Return an identifier representing the external name to be used for
8423 GNAT_ENTITY. If SUFFIX is specified, the name is followed by "___"
8424 and the specified suffix. */
8427 create_concat_name (Entity_Id gnat_entity, const char *suffix)
8429 Entity_Kind kind = Ekind (gnat_entity);
8433 String_Template temp = {1, strlen (suffix)};
8434 Fat_Pointer fp = {suffix, &temp};
8435 Get_External_Name_With_Suffix (gnat_entity, fp);
8438 Get_External_Name (gnat_entity, 0);
8440 /* A variable using the Stdcall convention lives in a DLL. We adjust
8441 its name to use the jump table, the _imp__NAME contains the address
8442 for the NAME variable. */
8443 if ((kind == E_Variable || kind == E_Constant)
8444 && Has_Stdcall_Convention (gnat_entity))
8446 const int len = 6 + Name_Len;
8447 char *new_name = (char *) alloca (len + 1);
8448 strcpy (new_name, "_imp__");
8449 strcat (new_name, Name_Buffer);
8450 return get_identifier_with_length (new_name, len);
8453 return get_identifier_with_length (Name_Buffer, Name_Len);
8456 /* Given GNU_NAME, an IDENTIFIER_NODE containing a name and SUFFIX, a
8457 string, return a new IDENTIFIER_NODE that is the concatenation of
8458 the name followed by "___" and the specified suffix. */
8461 concat_name (tree gnu_name, const char *suffix)
8463 const int len = IDENTIFIER_LENGTH (gnu_name) + 3 + strlen (suffix);
8464 char *new_name = (char *) alloca (len + 1);
8465 strcpy (new_name, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (gnu_name));
8466 strcat (new_name, "___");
8467 strcat (new_name, suffix);
8468 return get_identifier_with_length (new_name, len);
8471 #include "gt-ada-decl.h"